# Patent

## Title
2′-spiro-nucleosides and derivatives thereof useful for treating hepatitis C virus and dengue virus infections

## Abstract

Disclosed herein are 2′-spiro-nucleosides and derivatives thereof useful for treating a subject infected by hepatitis C virus or dengue virus.

## Background
PRIORITY
Priority is claimed to U.S. provisional patent application 61/417,946, filed on Nov. 30, 2010.


FIELD OF THE INVENTION
Disclosed herein are 2′-spiro-nucleosides and derivatives thereof useful for treating hepatitis C virus and dengue virus infections.
BACKGROUND
Hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection is a major health problem that leads to chronic liver disease, such as cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, in a substantial number of infected individuals, estimated to be 2-15% of the world's population. According to the U.S. Center for Disease Control, there are an estimated 4.5 million infected people in the United States alone. According to the World Health Organization, there are more than 200 million infected individuals worldwide, with at least 3 to 4 million people being infected each year. Once infected, about 20% of people clear the virus, but the rest can harbor HCV the rest of their lives. Ten to twenty percent of chronically infected individuals eventually develop liver-destroying cirrhosis or cancer. The viral disease is transmitted parenterally by contaminated blood and blood products, contaminated needles, or sexually and vertically from infected mothers or carrier mothers to their offspring. Current treatments for HCV infection, which are restricted to immunotherapy with recombinant interferon-α alone or in combination with the nucleoside analog ribavirin, are of limited clinical benefit. Moreover, there is no established vaccine for HCV. Consequently, there is an urgent need for improved therapeutic agents that effectively combat chronic HCV infection.
The HCV virion is an enveloped positive-strand RNA virus with a single oligoribonucleotide genomic sequence of about 9600 bases which encodes a polyprotein of about 3,010 amino acids. The protein products of the HCV gene consist of the structural proteins C, E1, and E2, and the non-structural proteins NS2, NS3, NS4A and NS4B, and NS5A and NS5B. The nonstructural (NS) proteins are believed to provide the catalytic machinery for viral replication. The NS3 protease releases NS5B, the RNA-dependent RNA polymerase from the polyprotein chain. HCV NS5B polymerase is required for the synthesis of a double-stranded RNA from a single-stranded viral RNA that serves as a template in the replication cycle of HCV. Therefore, NS5B polymerase is considered to be an essential component in the HCV replication complex (K. Ishi, et al, Heptology, 1999, 29: 1227-1235; V. Lohmann, et al., Virology, 1998, 249: 108-118). Inhibition of HCV NS5B polymerase prevents formation of the double-stranded HCV RNA and therefore constitutes an attractive approach to the development of HCV-specific antiviral therapies.
HCV belongs to a much larger family of viruses that share many common features.
Dengue viral infections are problematic in the tropical and subtropical regions of the word. Shi et al. Top. Med. Chem. (2001) 7: 243-276. The dengue virus (DENV) is transmitted to humans by certain mosquitos, and it is has been estimated that up to about 50 million infections occur each year. Parkinson et al. Future Med. Chem. (2010) 2(7): 1181-1203. At the present, there are no specific treatments for dengue viral infections. Fagundes et al. Drug Development Research (2011) 72: 480-500. DENV is comprised of ten proteins that includes three structural proteins (C, prM, and E) and seven non-structural proteins (NS1, NS2A, NS2B, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, and NS5). Of these ten proteins, only NS3 and NS5 are known to possess enzymatic activity. A desirable drug substance is one that interferes with the action or function of any one of these ten viral proteins.
Flaviviridae Viruses
The Flaviviridae family of viruses comprises at least three distinct genera: pestiviruses, which cause disease in cattle and pigs; flavivruses, which are the primary cause of diseases such as dengue fever and yellow fever; and hepaciviruses, whose sole member is HCV. The flavivirus genus includes more than 68 members separated into groups on the basis of serological relatedness (Calisher et al., J. Gen. Virol, 1993, 70, 37-43). Clinical symptoms vary and include fever, encephalitis and hemorrhagic fever (Fields Virology, Editors: Fields, B. N., Knipe, D. M., and Howley, P. M., Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, Pa., 1996, Chapter 31, 931-959). Flaviviruses of global concern that are associated with human disease include the Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever viruses (DHF), yellow fever virus, shock syndrome and Japanese encephalitis virus (Halstead, S. B., Rev. Infect. Dis., 1984, 6, 251-264; Halstead, S. B., Science, 239:476-481, 1988; Monath, T. P., New Eng. J. Med, 1988, 319, 641-643).
The pestivirus genus includes bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV), classical swine fever virus (CSFV, also called hog cholera virus) and border disease virus (BDV) of sheep (Moennig, V. et al. Adv. Vir. Res. 1992, 41, 53-98). Pestivirus infections of domesticated livestock (cattle, pigs and sheep) cause significant economic losses worldwide. BVDV causes mucosal disease in cattle and is of significant economic importance to the livestock industry (Meyers, G. and Thiel, H. J., Advances in Virus Research, 1996, 47, 53-118; Moennig V., et al, Adv. Vir. Res. 1992, 41, 53-98). Human pestiviruses have not been as extensively characterized as the animal pestiviruses. However, serological surveys indicate considerable pestivirus exposure in humans.
Pestiviruses and hepaciviruses are closely related virus groups within the Flaviviridae family. Other closely related viruses in this family include the GB virus A, GB virus A-like agents, GB virus-B and GB virus-C (also called hepatitis G virus, HGV). The hepacivirus group (hepatitis C virus; HCV) consists of a number of closely related but genotypically distinguishable viruses that infect humans. There are at least 6 HCV genotypes and more than 50 subtypes. Due to the similarities between pestiviruses and hepaciviruses, combined with the poor ability of hepaciviruses to grow efficiently in cell culture, bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV) is often used as a surrogate to study the HCV virus.
The genetic organization of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses is very similar. These positive stranded RNA viruses possess a single large open reading frame (ORF) encoding all the viral proteins necessary for virus replication. These proteins are expressed as a polyprotein that is co- and post-translationally processed by both cellular and virus-encoded proteinases to yield the mature viral proteins. The viral proteins responsible for the replication of the viral genome RNA are located within approximately the carboxy-terminal. Two-thirds of the ORF are termed nonstructural (NS) proteins. The genetic organization and polyprotein processing of the nonstructural protein portion of the ORF for pestiviruses and hepaciviruses is very similar. For both the pestiviruses and hepaciviruses, the mature nonstructural (NS) proteins, in sequential order from the amino-terminus of the nonstructural protein coding region to the carboxy-terminus of the ORF, consist of p7, NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B.
The NS proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses share sequence domains that are characteristic of specific protein functions. For example, the NS3 proteins of viruses in both groups possess amino acid sequence motifs characteristic of serine proteinases and of helicases (Gorbalenya et al., Nature, 1988, 333, 22; Bazan and Fletterick Virology, 1989, 171, 637-639; Gorbalenya et al., Nucleic Acid Res., 1989, 17, 3889-3897). Similarly, the NS5B proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses have the motifs characteristic of RNA-directed RNA polymerases (Koonin, E. V. and Dolja, V. V., Crir. Rev. Biochem. Molec. Biol. 1993, 28, 375-430).
The actual roles and functions of the NS proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses in the lifecycle of the viruses are directly analogous. In both cases, the NS3 serine proteinase is responsible for all proteolytic processing of polyprotein precursors downstream of its position in the ORF (Wiskerchen and Collett, Virology, 1991, 184, 341-350; Bartenschlager et al., J. Virol. 1993, 67, 3835-3844; Eckart et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 1993, 192, 399-406; Grakoui et al., J. Virol. 1993, 67, 2832-2843; Grakoui et al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA 1993, 90, 10583-10587; Hijikata et al., J. Virol. 1993, 67, 4665-4675; Tome et al., J. Virol., 1993, 67, 4017-4026). The NS4A protein, in both cases, acts as a cofactor with the NS3 serine protease (Bartenschlager et al., J. Virol. 1994, 68, 5045-5055; Failla et al., J. Virol. 1994, 68, 3753-3760; Xu et al., J. Virol., 1997, 71:53 12-5322). The NS3 protein of both viruses also functions as a helicase (Kim et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 1995, 215, 160-166; Jin and Peterson, Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 1995, 323, 47-53; Warrener and Collett, J. Virol. 1995, 69, 1720-1726). Finally, the NS5B proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses have the predicted RNA-directed RNA polymerases activity (Behrens et al., EMBO, 1996, 15, 12-22; Lechmann et al., J. Virol., 1997, 71, 8416-8428; Yuan et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 1997, 232, 231-235; Hagedorn, PCT WO 97/12033; Zhong et al, J. Virol., 1998, 72, 9365-9369).
A number of potential molecular targets for drug development of direct acting antivirals as anti-HCV therapeutics have now been identified including, but not limited to, the NS2-NS3 autoprotease, the N3 protease, the N3 helicase and the NS5B polymerase. The RNA-dependent RNA polymerase is absolutely essential for replication of the single-stranded, positive sense, RNA genome and this enzyme has elicited significant interest among medicinal chemists.
Inhibitors of HCV NS5B as potential therapies for HCV infection have been reviewed: Tan, S.-L., et al., Nature Rev. Drug Discov., 2002, 1, 867-881; Walker, M. P. et al., Exp. Opin. Investigational Drugs, 2003, 12, 1269-1280; Ni, Z-J., et al., Current Opinion in Drug Discovery and Development, 2004, 7, 446-459; Beaulieu, P. L., et al., Current Opinion in Investigational Drugs, 2004, 5, 838-850; Wu, J., et al., Current Drug Targets-Infectious Disorders, 2003, 3, 207-219; Griffith, R. C., et al, Annual Reports in Medicinal Chemistry, 2004, 39, 223-237; Carrol, S., et al., Infectious Disorders-Drug Targets, 2006, 6, 17-29. The potential for the emergence of resistant HCV strains and the need to identify agents with broad genotype coverage supports the need for continuing efforts to identify novel and more effective nucleosides as HCV NS5B inhibitors.
Nucleoside inhibitors of NS5B polymerase can act either as a non-natural substrate that results in chain termination or as a competitive inhibitor which competes with nucleotide binding to the polymerase. To function as a chain terminator the nucleoside analog must be taken up by the cell and converted in vivo to a triphosphate to compete for the polymerase nucleotide binding site. This conversion to the triphosphate is commonly mediated by cellular kinases which imparts additional structural requirements on a potential nucleoside polymerase inhibitor. Unfortunately, this limits the direct evaluation of nucleosides as inhibitors of HCV replication to cell-based assays capable of in situ phosphorylation.
In some cases, the biological activity of a nucleoside is hampered by its poor substrate characteristics for one or more of the kinases needed to convert it to the active triphosphate form. Formation of the monophosphate by a nucleoside kinase is generally viewed as the rate limiting step of the three phosphorylation events. To circumvent the need for the initial phosphorylation step in the metabolism of a nucleoside to the active triphosphate analog, the preparation of stable phosphate prodrugs has been reported. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs have been shown to be precursors of the active nucleoside triphosphate and to inhibit viral replication when administered to viral infected whole cells (McGuigan, C., et al., J. Med. Chem., 1996, 39, 1748-1753; Valette, G., et al., J. Med. Chem., 1996, 39, 1981-1990; Balzarini, J., et al., Proc. National Acad Sci USA, 1996, 93, 7295-7299; Siddiqui, A. Q., et al., J. Med. Chem., 1999, 42, 4122-4128; Eisenberg, E. J., et al., Nucleosides, Nucleotides and Nucleic Acids, 2001, 20, 1091-1098; Lee, W. A., et al., Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 2005, 49, 1898); US 2006/0241064; and WO 2007/095269.
Also limiting the utility of nucleosides as viable therapeutic agents is their sometimes poor physicochemical and pharmacokinetic properties. These poor properties can limit the intestinal absorption of an agent and limit uptake into the target tissue or cell. To improve on their properties prodrugs of nucleosides have been employed. Additional phosphate-containing prodrugs are also known: C. Schultz, Biorg. & Med. Chem. (2003) 11:885-898; C. McGuigan et al., Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett. (1994) 4(3): 427-430; C. Meier, Synlett (1998) 233-242; R. J. Jones et al., Antiviral Research (1995) 27: 1-17; G. J. Friis et al., Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. (1996) 4: 49-59; C. Meier Mini Reviews in Medicinal Chemistry (2002) 2(3): 219-234; C. Perigaud et al., Advances in Antiviral Drug Design; DeClerq E., Ed.; Vol. 2; JAI Press, London, 1996. However, there is no general agreement as to which phosphate-containing prodrug provides for the best activity.
In an effort to improve treatment of HCV or DENV, it remains of vital interest to identify compounds capable of inhibiting the action of NS5B polymerase of HCV or of inhibiting the action or function of a particular DENV protein.
SUMMARY
Disclosed herein is a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I:




wherein

    
    
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            where
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl,
                iv) alkaryl, or
                v) alk(heteroaryl), and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                iv) alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) an acyl,
            p) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl, and
            q) a —C(O)—O-alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) fluoro,
            c) azido,
            d) cyano,
            e) a C1-6alkyl,
            f) a vinyl, and
            g) an ethynyl;
        
        
        3) R3 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) methyl, and
            c) cyano,
        
        
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) fluoro,
            c) —OH,
            d) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            e) —O(acyl),
            f) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl),
            g) —O—C(O)—O-alkyl,
            h) —NH2,
            i) —NH(acyl),
            j) —NH—C(O)—O-alkyl, and
            k) azido;
        
        
        5) X is selected from among
        
            a) —O—,
            b) —S—,
            c) —NH—,
            d) —CH2—,
            e) >C═CH2, and
            f) —NH—C(O)—O-alkyl;
        
        
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals a-o represented by the following structures








where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
        
        
        b) D is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S— except for rings i and j,
            iii) —S(O)— except for rings i and j,
            iv) —S(O)2— except for rings i and j, and
            v) —NH— except for rings i and j,
            vi) —N—,
            vii) a methylene except for rings i and j,
            viii) a methine, and
            ix) a vinylidene except for rings i and j,
        
        
        c) R4, R4′, R5, R5′, R6, R7, R8, R8′, R9, and R9′ are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) C1-6alkyl,
            iv) hydroxy,
            v) alkoxy,
            vi) cycloalkoxy,
            vii) —O(acyl),
            viii) —O(C1-6-alkyleneoxyacyl),
            ix) —O—C(O)—O-alkyl,
            x) C1-6alkylene-oxy(alkyl),
            xi) alkenyl,
            xii) ethynyl,
            xiii) —NH2,
            xiv) —NH(alkyl),
            xv) —NH(cycloalkyl),
            xvi) heterocyclyl,
            xvii) aryl, and
            xviii) heteroaryl; and
        
        
        7) B is selected from among B1, B2, and B3 represented by the following structures:
    
    






    
    
        where for B1 n is 0 or 1,
        
            a) when n is 0,  is a double-bond and R10 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(alkyl),
                iii) —NH(acyl),
                iv) —NH—C(O)—O-alkyl,
                v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
                vi) -heteroaryl,
                vii) —O(alkyl),
                viii) —O(acyl),
                ix) —O(C1-6alkylene-oxyacyl), and
                x) —O—C(O)—O-alkyl, or
            
            
            b) when n is 1,  is a single-bond and R10 is selected from among
            
                i) ═O,
                ii) ═NH, and
                iii) ═N(alkyl), and
            
            
            c) independent of the value of n, R11 and R12 are independently selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) halo,
                iii) cyano,
                iv) C1-6alkyl,
                v) C2-5alkenyl, and
                vi) C2-5alkynyl,
            
            
        
        
        where for B2,
        
            a) R13 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) halo,
                iii) cyano,
                iv) —C(O)NH2,
                v) C1-6alkyl,
                vi) vinyl, and
                vii) ethynyl,
            
            
        
        
        where for B3 m is 0 or 1, and  is a single or double bond
        
            a) when m is 0,  is a double-bond and R16 and R17 are independently selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2,
                iii) —NH(alkyl),
                iv) —NH(acyl),
                iv) —NH—C(O)—O-alkyl,
                v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
                vi) —O(alkyl),
                vii) —O(acyl),
                viii) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl), and
                ix) —O—C(O)—O-alkyl,
                x) —S(alkyl), or
            
            
            b) when m is 1,  is a single-bond
             b1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) ═O,
                ii) ═NH, and
                iii) ═N(alkyl), and
            
            
             b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(alkyl),
                iii) —NH(acyl),
                iv) —NH—C(O)—O-alkyl, and
                v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
            
            
            c) independent of the value of m, each bonding pair, W1W2, W2C, CW4, W4W3, and W3W1, contained in the five-membered ring comprises a single or a double bond and
            
                i) W1 is O, S, N, or CR14,
                ii) W2 is N or CR15,
                iii) W3 is C or N, and
                iv) W4 is C or N
            
            
            and where R14 and R15, if present, are independently selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) halo,
                iii) cyano,
                iv) —C(O)NH2,
                iv) C1-6alkyl,
                vii) vinyl, and
                viii) ethynyl.
            
            
        
        
    
    




DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions
The phrase “a” or “an” entity as used herein refers to one or more of that entity; for example, a compound refers to one or more compounds or at least one compound. As such, the terms “a” (or “an”), “one or more”, and “at least one” can be used interchangeably herein.
The terms “optional” or “optionally” as used herein means that a subsequently described event or circumstance may but need not occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, “optional bond” means that the bond may or may not be present, and that the description includes single, double, or triple bonds.
The term “stereoisomer” has its plain and ordinary meaning.
The term “*” denotes the presence of a chiral center. Instances where “*” are not explicitly included in a radical does not necessarily mean that the radical does not contain a chiral center.
The term “P*” means that the phosphorus atom is chiral and that it has a corresponding Cahn-Ingold-Prelog designation of “R” or “S” which have their accepted plain meanings. In some instances, a phosphorus-containing radical does not expressly include an “*” next to the phosphorus atom, e.g., —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(alkyl))2, —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl))2, —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2, —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2. In these (and other) instances, it will be understood that chirality at phosphorus will be dictated by the substituent pattern. That is, when the substituents bound to phosphorus are the same, then achirality at phosphorus will exist, but when the substituents bound to the phosphorus are not the same, then chirality at phosphorus will exist.
The term “salts” or “salt thereof” as described herein, refers to a compound comprising a cation and an anion, which can prepared by any process known to one of ordinary skill, e.g., by the protonation of a proton-accepting moiety and/or deprotonation of a proton-donating moiety. Alternatively, the salt can be prepared by a cation/anion metathesis reaction. It should be noted that protonation of the proton-accepting moiety results in the formation of a cationic species in which the charge is balanced by the presence of a anion, whereas deprotonation of the proton-donating moiety results in the formation of an anionic species in which the charge is balanced by the presence of a cation. It is understood that salt formation can occur under synthetic conditions, such as formation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or under conditions formed in the body, in which case the corresponding cation or anion is one that is present in the body. Examples of common cations found in the body include, but are not limited to: H+, Na+, K+, Mg2+, Ca2+, etc. Examples of common anions found in the body include, but are not limited to, Cl—, HCO3−, CO32−, H2PO4−, HPO42−, etc.
The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” means a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable. It is understood that the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” is encompassed by the expression “salt.” Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, salicylic acid, muconic acid, and the like. Additional examples of anionic radicals of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt include but are not limited to: acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate (camphorsulfonate), carbonate, chloride, citrate, edetate, edisylate (1,2-ethanedisulfonate), estolate (lauryl sulfate), esylate (ethanesulfonate), fumarate, gluceptate (glucoheptonate), gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate (p-glycollamidophenylarsonate), hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine (N,N′-di(dehydroabietyl)ethylenediamine), hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate (2-hydroxyethanesulfonate), lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate (embonate), pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulfate, tannate, tartrate, and teoclate (8-chlorotheophyllinate). Basic addition salts formed with the conjugate bases of any of the inorganic acids listed above, wherein the conjugate bases comprise a cationic component selected from among Li+, Na+, K+, Mg2+, Ca2+, Al3+, NHgR′′′4-g+, in which R′′′ is a C1-3 alkyl and g is a number selected from among 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. Additional examples of cationic radicals of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, include but are not limited to: penzathine, phloroprocaine, pholine, piethanolamine, pthylenediamine, meglumine, and procaine.
The term “metabolite,” as described herein, refers to a compound produced in vivo after administration of a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I to a subject in need thereof or as formed in vitro in an assay. Said metabolite may exist as a salt.
The term “deuteride,” as described herein, refers to a deuterated analog of the compound represented by formula I where a hydrogen atom is enriched with its 2H-isotope, i.e., deuterium (D). Deuterium substitution can be partial or complete. Partial deuterium substitution means that at least one hydrogen is substituted by at least one deuterium.
The term “halo” or “halogen” as used herein, includes chloro, bromo, iodo and fluoro.
The term “alkyl” refers to an unbranched or branched chain, saturated, monovalent hydrocarbon residue containing 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The term “C1-M alkyl” refers to an alkyl comprising 1 to M carbon atoms, where M is an integer having the following values: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30.
The term “C1-6alkyl” refers to an alkyl containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of a C1-6 alkyl group include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, t-pentyl, and hexyl.
The term “C1-6-alkylene” refers to an alkylene radical containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of a C1-6-alkylene include, but are not limited to, a methylene (—CH2—), ethylene (—CH2CH2—), methyl-ethylene (—CH(CH3)CH2—), propylene (—CH2CH2CH2—), methyl-propylene (—CH(CH3)CH2CH2— or —CH2CH(CH3)CH2—), etc. It is understood that a branched C1-6-alkylene, such as methyl-ethylene or methyl-propylene, contains a chiral center, in which case the individual stereoisomers are contemplated. It is contemplated that a methylene may be substituted with one or two C1-6alkyls.
The term “cycloalkyl” refers to an unsubstituted or substituted carbocycle, in which the carbocycle contains 3 to 10 carbon atoms; preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., a C3-8-cycloalkyl); more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., a C3-6-cycloalkyl). In the instance of a substituted carbocycle containing 3 to 10, 3 to 8, or 3 to 6 carbon atoms, the substituents are not to be counted for the carbocycle carbon count. For instance, a cyclohexyl substituted with one or more C1-6-alkyl is still, within the meaning contemplated herein, a C3-6-cycloalkyl. Examples of a C3-6cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, 2-methyl-cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, 2-methyl-cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 2-methyl-cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-methyl-cyclohexyl, etc.
The term “cycloalkylamino” refers to a unsubstituted or substituted carbocycle comprising an “amino” (—NH—) functional group. The carbocycle contains 3 to 10 carbon atoms; preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., a C3-8-cycloalkyl); more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., a C3-6-cycloalkyl). In the instance of a substituted carbocycle containing 3 to 10, 3 to 8, or 3 to 6 carbon atoms, the substituents are not to be counted for the carbocycle carbon count. For instance, a cyclohexyl substituted with one or more C1-6-alkyl is still, within the meaning contemplated herein, a C3-6-cycloalkyl. Examples of a C3-6cycloalkylamino (alternatively referred to as —NHC3-6cycloalkyl) include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylamino, 2-methyl-cyclopropylamino, cyclobutylamino, 2-methyl-cyclobutylamino, cyclopentylamino, 2-methyl-cyclopentylamino, cyclohexylamino, 2-methyl-cyclohexylamino, etc. One of ordinary skill will know that said cycloalkylaminos are derived from cycloalkylamines, i.e., cycloalkyls substituted by an amine (—NH2) functional group.
The term “alkoxy” refers to an —O-alkyl group or an —O-cycloalkyl group, wherein alkyl and cycloalkyl are as defined above. Examples of —O-alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propyloxy, i-propyloxy, n-butyloxy, i-butyloxy, t-butyloxy, etc. Examples of —O-cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, —O-c-propyl, —O-c-butyl, —O-c-pentyl, —O-c-hexyl, etc.
The term “C1-6-alkoxy” refers to an —O—C1-6-alkyl group, wherein C1-6 alkyl is defined herein.
The term “C3-6-cycloalkoxy” refers to an —O—C3-6-cycloalkyl group
The term “C1-6-alkylene-oxy” refers to an —O—C1-6-alkylene group, wherein C1-6-alkylene is defined as above. Examples of a C1-6-alkylene-oxy include, but are not limited to, methylene-oxy (—CH2O—), ethylene-oxy (—CH2CH2O—), methyl-ethylene-oxy (—CH(CH3)CH2O—), propylene-oxy (—CH2CH2CH2O—), methyl-propylene-oxy (—CH(CH3)CH2CH2O— or —CH2CH(CH3)CH2O—), etc.
The terms “alkaryl” or “alkylaryl” refer to an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms with an aryl substituent, such as benzyl. The term “C1-3alkaryl” refers to a C1-3alkylene group with an aryl substituent. Benzyl is embraced by the term C1-3alkaryl.
The term “—OC1-3alkaryl” refers a oxygen (—O ̃) bound to a C1-3alkaryl group. Benzyloxy (—OCH2Ph) is embraced by the term —OC1-3alkaryl.
The term “aryl,” as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to substituted or unsubstituted phenyl (Ph), biphenyl, or naphthyl. The aryl group can be substituted with one or more moieties selected from among alkyl, hydroxyl, F, Cl, Br, I, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, and phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999.
The term “heteroaryl” refers to an unsubstituted or substituted aromatic heterocycle containing carbon, hydrogen, and at least one of N, O, and S. Examples of heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, a pyrrole, an imidazole, a diazole, a triazole, a tetrazole, a furan, an oxazole, an indole, a thiazole, etc. Additional examples of heteroaryls can be found in T. L. Gilchrist, in “Heterocyclic Chemistry,” John Wiley & Sons, 1985. The heteroaryl group can be substituted with one or more moieties selected from among alkyl, hydroxyl, F, Cl, Br, I, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, and phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999.
The term “heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl” refers to an unsubstituted or substituted radical containing carbon, hydrogen and at least one of N, O, and S. Examples of heterocycles, include, but are not limited to, an aziridine, an azetidine, a pyrrolidine, a piperidine, a piperazine, etc. Additional examples of heterocycles can be found in T. L. Gilchrist, in “Heterocyclic Chemistry,” John Wiley & Sons, 1985. The heterocycle can be substituted with one or more moieties selected from among alkyl, hydroxyl, F, Cl, Br, I, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, and phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999.
The terms “alk(heteroaryl)” and “alk(heterocyclyl)” refers to a C1-6-alkylene group with a heteroaryl and heterocyclyl substituent, respectively.
The term “cycloheteroalkyl” refers to an unsubstituted or substituted heterocycle, in which the heterocycle contains 2 to 9 carbon atoms; preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms; more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloheteroalkyls include, but are not limited to, aziridin-1-yl, aziridin-2-yl, N—C1-3-alkyl-aziridin-2-yl, azetidinyl, azetidin-1-yl, N—C1-3-alkyl-azetidin-m′-yl, pyrrolidin-m′-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, N—C1-3-alkyl-pyrrolidin-m′-yl, piperidin-m′-yl, piperidin-1-yl, and N—C1-3-alkyl-piperidin-m′-yl, where m′ is 2, 3, or 4 depending on the cycloheteroalkyl. Specific examples of N—C1-3-alkyl-cycloheteroalkyls include, but are not limited to, N-methyl-aziridin-2-yl, N-methyl-azetidin-3-yl, N-methyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl, N-methyl-pyrrolidin-4-yl, N-methyl-piperidin-2-yl, N-methyl-piperidin-3-yl, and N-methyl-piperidin-4-yl. In the instance of R10, R16, and R17, the point of attachment between the cycloheteroalkyl ring carbon and the ring occurs at any one of m′.
The term “acyl” refers to a substituent containing a carbonyl moiety and a non-carbonyl moiety and is meant to include an amino-acyl. The carbonyl moiety contains a double-bond between the carbonyl carbon and a heteroatom, where the heteroatom is selected from among O, N and S. When the heteroatom is N, the N is substituted by a C1-6. The non-carbonyl moiety is selected from straight, branched, and cyclic alkyl, which includes, but is not limited to, a straight, branched, or cyclic C1-20 alkyl, C1-10 alkyl, or a C1-6-alkyl; alkoxyalkyl, including methoxymethyl; aralkyl, including benzyl; aryloxyalkyl, such as phenoxymethyl; or aryl, including phenyl optionally substituted with halogen (F, Cl, Br, I), hydroxyl, C1 to C4 alkyl, or C1 to C4 alkoxy, sulfonate esters, such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl, including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxytrityl, substituted benzyl, trialkylsilyl (e.g. dimethyl-t-butylsilyl) or diphenylmethylsilyl. When at least one aryl group is present in the non-carbonyl moiety, it is preferred that the aryl group comprises a phenyl group.
The term “C2-7acyl” refers to an acyl group in which the non-carbonyl moiety comprises a C1-6alkyl. Examples of a C2-7-acyl, include, but are not limited to: —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3, —C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)CH(CH3)CH2CH3, —C(O)C(CH3)3, etc.
The term “aminoacyl” includes N,N-unsubstituted, N,N-monosubstituted, and N,N-disubstituted derivatives of naturally occurring and synthetic α, β γ or δ amino acyls, where the amino acyls are derived from amino acids. The amino-nitrogen can be substituted or unsubstituted or exist as a salt thereof. When the amino-nitrogen is substituted, the nitrogen is either mono- or di-substituted, where the substituent bound to the amino-nitrogen is a C1-6alkyl or an alkaryl. In the instance of its use for the compound of formula I, it is understood that an appropriate atom (O or N) is bound to the carbonyl carbon of the aminoacyl.
The term “amino acid” includes naturally occurring and synthetic α, β γ or δ amino acids, and includes but is not limited to, amino acids found in proteins, i.e. glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, proline, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, glutamine, aspartate, glutamate, lysine, arginine and histidine. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid is in the L-configuration. Alternatively, the amino acid can be a derivative of alanyl, valinyl, leucinyl, isoleucinyl, prolinyl, phenylalaninyl, tryptophanyl, methioninyl, glycinyl, serinyl, threoninyl, cysteinyl, tyrosinyl, asparaginyl, glutaminyl, aspartoyl, glutaroyl, lysinyl, argininyl, histidinyl, β-alanyl, β-valinyl, β-leucinyl, β-isoleucinyl, β-prolinyl, β-phenylalaninyl, β-tryptophanyl, β-methioninyl, β-glycinyl, β-serinyl, β-threoninyl, β-cysteinyl, β-tyrosinyl, β-asparaginyl, β-glutaminyl, β-aspartoyl, β-glutaroyl, β-lysinyl, β-argininyl or β-histidinyl. When the term amino acid is used, it is considered to be a specific and independent disclosure of each of the esters of α, β γ or δ glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, proline, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, glutamine, aspartate, glutamate, lysine, arginine and histidine in the D and L-configurations.
The term “C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl” refers to an —O—C1-6-alkylene-acyl group, wherein C1-6-alkylene and acyl are defined as above. Examples of a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl include, but are not limited to, methylene-oxy-acyl (—CH2O—C(O)alkyl), ethylene-oxy-acyl (—CH2CH2O—C(O)alkyl), methyl-ethylene-oxy-acyl (—CH(CH3)CH2O—C(O)alkyl), propylene-oxy-acyl (—CH2CH2CH2O—C(O)alkyl), methyl-propylene-oxy-acyl (—CH(CH3)CH2CH2O—C(O)alkyl or —CH2CH(CH3)CH2O—C(O)alkyl), etc. As the expression “acyl” encompasses “aminoacyl,” further contemplated radicals include but are not limited to C1-6-alkyl-oxy-aminoacyl, where aminoacyl is defined above.
The term “alkenyl” refers to an unsubstituted or a substituted hydrocarbon chain radical having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms having one or more olefinic double bonds. The term “C2-N alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl comprising 2 to N carbon atoms, where N is an integer having the following values: 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. For example, the term “C2-10 alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl comprising 2 to 10 carbon atoms. The term “C2-4alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl comprising 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl (allyl) or 2-butenyl (crotyl). It is understood that the alkenyl or C2-N-alkenyl can be substituted with one or more radicals selected from among alkyl, halo, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, and cyano.
The term “vinyl,” which is embraced by the term “C2-4alkenyl,” refers to —CR′═CR′′R′′′, where R′, R′′, and R′′′ are independently selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, halo, and C1-6-alkoxy. Examples of a vinyl include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (—CH═CH2), 2-bromo-ethenyl (—CH═CHBr), etc.
The term “ethynyl,” as used herein, refers to —C≡CR′, where R′ is selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, halo, and C1-6-alkoxide.
The term “methine,” as used herein, refers to the radical —CR′═, where R′ is selected from among hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, halo, and C1-6-alkoxide.
The term “vinylidene,” as used herein, refers to >C═CRR′, where R and R′ are independently selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, halo, and C1-6-alkoxide.
The expressions —P(O)(OH)2, —P(O)(OH)—OP(O)(OH)2, and —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2, refer to mono- (P1), di- (P2), and tri- (P3) phosphate radicals, respectively.




The P1, P2, and P3 phosphate radicals may be introduced at the 5′-OH of a nucleoside compound either by synthetic means in the lab or by enzymatic (or metabolic) means in a cell or biological fluid (either in vivo or in vitro). It is understood that the acidities of the hydroxyl (—OH) substituents vary and that salts of the phosphate radicals are possible.

The term “—P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c)” or “phosphoramidate” as used herein is represented by the following structure:




where R1a, R1b, and R1c are as defined above. Examples of phosphoramidate moieties are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,964,580. It will be understood that the  ̃NHCH*(R1b)C(O)OR1c fragment can be derived from an amino acid, which is defined above.

Under the Summary, certain definitions related to R1, 1)l), and Y, 4)d), include the expressions “—P*(O)(OR1c) ̃” (see R1, 1)l)) and “—O ̃” (see Y, 4)d)). It is understood that when R1 is “—P*(O)(OR1c) ̃” and Y is “—O ̃” or when Y is “—O ̃” and R1 is “—P(O)(OR1c) ̃”, then compound I has the structure shown on the left, where the R1 and Y substituents are identified on the right:




It is understood that use of the expression “cyclophosphate” or “cyclic-phosphate” is meant to embrace the left-hand structure. These expressions likewise have the same meanings when recited as definitions for certain embodiments and aspects of those embodiments.

The term “a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,” as used herein is represented by an unsubstituted form (j1) or a substituted form (j2), as represented by the following structures:




where Rn is selected from among hydroxy, an alkyl, a hydroxyalkyl, an aryloxide, an aryl, such as phenyl, a heteroaryl, such as pyridinyl, where the aryl and the heteroaryl can be substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from among an alkyl, an alkoxy, and a halo. A preferred Rn is pyridinyl which can be substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from among a C1-6alkyl, a C1-6-alkoxy, and a halo.

The term “aryloxide,” or “aryloxy” as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to substituted or unsubstituted phenoxide (PhO—), p-phenyl-phenoxide (p-Ph-PhO—), or naphthoxide, preferably the term aryloxide refers to substituted or unsubstituted phenoxide. The aryloxide group can be substituted with one or more moieties selected from among hydroxyl, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(O)(C1-6alkyl), —C(O)O(C1-6alkyl), amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, and phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999.
The term “4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphine-2-oxide,” as used herein is represented by an unsubstituted form (k1) or a substituted form (k2), as represented by the following structures:




where Rn and R′n, where Rn is hydrogen and one alkyl radical, or two alkyl radicals independent of one another, and R′n is one, two, or three radicals selected from among alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, and halo. Preferably, R′n is one, two, or three radicals selected from among a C1-6alkyl, a C1-6, alkoxy, and a halo. More preferably, R′n is one radical selected from among a C1-6-akyl, a C1-6-alkoxy, and a halo.

In the structure B3, as a possible radical for B, the language “each bonding pair, W1W2, W2C, CW4, W4W3, and W3W1, contained in the five-membered ring comprises a single or a double bond” is presented above.




In the event that resolution problems or printing errors might obscure the pictoral representation of B3, it is contemplated that there exists a bonding configuration represented by “” between each one of W1W2, W2C, CW4, W4W3, and W3W1, within the five-membered ring framework, where “” is understood to be a single- or double-bond. It is not contemplated that all bonding pairs contained in the five-membered ring therein are all double bonds or all single bonds. Rather, it is contemplated that when a certain definitional requirement is selected, then the bonding arrangement of the five-membered ring satisfies Hückel's rule, i.e., the total number of pi-bond and lone-pair electrons for the selected radicals is 6. For example, when W1 is O or S, W2 is CR15, W3 is C, and W4 is C (see I-3-12 or I-3-13), then the contemplated structure is:





Formula I is recited above. Implicit to formula I is the exclusion of compounds disclosed in B. R. Babu et al. Org. Biomol. Chem. (2003) 1: 3514-3526, whether said compounds are explicitly or implicitly disclosed therein. For instance, the compounds identified there as 9b, 14b, 21, and 27, are not contemplated to be within the scope of formula I (as well as formula I-1 presented below)




However, these compounds, as well as derivatives embraced by formula I, are contemplated for treating a subject infected by HCV or DENV and are contemplated for compositions useful for treating a subject infected by HCV or DENV, as explained in further detail below. The compound numbering for compounds 9b, 14b, 21, and 27 is as found in Babu et al. It should be noted that compounds 21 and 27 are exemplified herein with the numbering here of 36 and 32, respectively.

The term “effective amount” as used herein means an amount required to reduce symptoms of the disease in a subject.
The term “subject,” as used herein means a mammal.
The term “medicament,” as used herein means a substance used in a method of treatment and/or prophylaxis of a subject in need thereof.
The term “preparation” or “dosage form” is intended to include both solid and liquid formulations of the active compound and one skilled in the art will appreciate that an active ingredient can exist in different preparations depending on the desired dose and pharmacokinetic parameters.
The term “excipient” as used herein refers to a compound that is used to prepare a pharmaceutical composition, and is generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and includes excipients that are acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use.
As used herein, “treatment” or “treating” is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired clinical results. Beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable. “Treatment” can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment. “Treatment” is an intervention performed with the intention of preventing the development or altering the pathology of a disorder. The term “treatment” of an HCV infection, as used herein, also includes treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or a condition associated with or mediated by HCV infection, or the clinical symptoms thereof.
The term “protecting group” which is derived from a “protecting compound,” has its plain and ordinary meaning, i.e., at least one protecting or blocking group is bound to at least one functional group (e.g., —OH, —NH2, etc.) that allows chemical modification of at least one other functional group. Examples of protecting groups, include, but are not limited to, benzoyl, acetyl, phenyl-substituted benzoyl, tetrahydropyranyl, trityl, DMT (4,4′-dimethoxytrityl), MMT (4-monomethoxytrityl), trimethoxytrityl, pixyl (9-phenylxanthen-9-yl) group, thiopixyl (9-phenylthioxanthen-9-yl) or 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)xanthine-9-yl (MOX), etc.; C(O)-alkyl, C(O)Ph, C(O)aryl, C(O)O(C1-6alkyl), C(O)O(C1-6alkylene)aryl (e.g., —C(O)OCH2Ph), C(O)Oaryl, CH2O-alkyl, CH2O-aryl, SO2-alkyl, SO2-aryl, a protecting group comprising at least one silicon atom, such as, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, Si(C1-6alkyl)2OSi(C1-6alkyl)2OH, such as, —Si(iPr)2OSi(iPr)2OH or  ̃OSi(iPr)2OSi(iPr)2O ̃. Additional examples are disclosed in e.g., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3nd ed. T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1999).
The term “leaving group” (“LG”) as used herein, has its plain and ordinary meaning for one of ordinary skill in this art. Examples of leaving groups include, but are not limited to: halogen (Cl, Br, or I); tosylate, mesylate, triflate, acetate, etc.
Embodiments
A first embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-1




wherein R1, R2, Y, R3,




X, R10, R11, R12, n, and  have the meanings described above.

A first aspect of the first embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-1
wherein


    
    
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl,
                iv) C1-3alkaryl, or
                v) alk(heteroaryl), and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                vi) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) fluoro,
            c) azido, and
            d) cyano;
        
        
        3) R3 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) methyl, and
            c) cyano,
        
        
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) fluoro,
            c) —OH,
            d) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            e) —O(C2-7acyl),
            f) —O(aminoacyl),
            g) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl),
            h) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            i) —NH2,
            j) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            k) —NH(aminoacyl),
            l) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl and
            m) azido;
        
        
        5) X is selected from among
        
            a) —O— and
            b) —S—;
        
        
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, f, g, and h, represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
        
        
        b) D is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
            vi) a methylene, and
            vii) a vinylidene,
        
        
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) C1-6alkyl
            iv) hydroxy,
            v) alkoxy,
            vi) cycloalkoxy,
            vii) —O(acyl),
            viii) —O(C1-6-alkyleneoxyacyl),
            ix) —O—C(O)—O-alkyl,
            x) C1-6alkylene-oxy(alkyl),
            xi) alkenyl,
            xii) ethynyl,
            xiii) —NH2,
            xiv) —NH(alkyl),
            xv) —NH(cycloalkyl),
            xvi) heterocyclyl,
            xvii) aryl, and
            xviii) heteroaryl; and
        
        
        7a) n is 0,  is a double-bond and R10 is selected from among
        
            i) —NH2,
            ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iii) —NH(acyl),
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O-alkyl,
            v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
            vi) -heteroaryl,
            vii) —O(alkyl),
            viii) —O(acyl),
            ix) —O(C1-6alkylene-oxyacyl), and
        
        
        7b) n is 1,  is a single-bond and R10 is selected from among
        
            i) ═O,
            ii) ═NH, and
            iii) ═N(alkyl); and
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of n, R11 and R12 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            v) C2-5alkenyl, and
            vi) C2-5alkynyl.
        
        
    
    


A second aspect of the first embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-1

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl,
                iv) C1-3alkaryl, or
                v) alk(heteroaryl), and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl),
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl), and
            f) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, f, g, and h, represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
        
        
        b) D is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—,
            v) —NH—,
            vi) a methylene, and
            vii) a vinylidene,
        
        
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo, and
            iii) C1-6alkyl; and
        
        
        7a) n is 0,  is a double-bond and R10 is selected from among
        
            i) —NH2,
            ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iii) —NH(C2-7acyl), and
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, or
        
        
        7b) n is 1,  is a single-bond and R10 is selected from among
        
            i) ═O and
            ii) ═N(alkyl), and
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of n, R11 and R12 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iv) C1-6alkyl, and
            v) C2-4alkenyl.
        
        
    
    


A third aspect of the first embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-1

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl,
                iv) C1-3alkaryl, or
                v) alk(heteroaryl), and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                vi) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl),
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl), and
            f) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, f, g, and h, represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is —O—,
        b) D is —O— or —CH2—,
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are each hydrogen; and
        7a) n is 0,  is a double-bond and R10 is selected from among
        
            i) —NH2,
            ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iii) —NH(C2-7acyl), and
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, or
        
        
        7b) n is 1,  is a single-bond and R10 is selected from among
        
            i) ═O and
            ii) ═N(alkyl), and
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of n, R11 and R12 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iv) C1-6alkyl, and
            v) C2-4alkenyl.
        
        
    
    


A fourth aspect of the first embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-1

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl), and
            d) —O(aminoacyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, and f represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is —O—,
        b) D is —O— or —CH2—,
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are each hydrogen; and
        7a) n is 0,  is a double-bond and R10 is selected from among
        
            i) —NH2,
            ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iii) —NH(C2-7acyl), and
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, or
        
        
        7b) n is 1,  is a single-bond and R10 is selected from among
        
            i) ═O and
            ii) ═N(alkyl), and
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of n, R11 and R12 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iv) C1-6alkyl, and
            v) C2-4alkenyl.
        
        
    
    


A second embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-2
wherein




wherein R1, R2, Y, R3,




X, and R13 have the meanings described above.

A first aspect of the second embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-2 wherein

    
    
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl,
                iv) C1-3alkaryl, or
                v) alk(heteroaryl), and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) fluoro,
            c) azido, and
            d) cyano;
        
        
        3) R3 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) methyl, and
            c) cyano,
        
        
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) fluoro,
            c) —OH,
            d) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            e) —O(C2-7acyl),
            f) —O(aminoacyl),
            g) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl),
            h) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            i) —NH2,
            j) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            k) —NH(aminoacyl),
            l) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, and
            m) azido;
        
        
        5) X is selected from among
        
            a) —O— and
            b) —S—;
        
        
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, f, g, and h, represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
        
        
        b) D is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
            vi) a methylene, and
            vii) a vinylidene,
        
        
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) C1-6alkyl
            iv) hydroxy,
            v) alkoxy,
            vi) cycloalkoxy,
            vii) —O(acyl),
            viii) —O(C1-6-alkyleneoxyacyl),
            ix) —O—C(O)—O-alkyl,
            x) C1-6alkylene-oxy(alkyl),
            xi) alkenyl,
            xii) ethynyl,
            xiii) —NH2,
            xiv) —NH(alkyl),
            xv) —NH(cycloalkyl),
            xvi) heterocyclyl,
            xvii) aryl, and
            xviii) heteroaryl; and
        
        
        7) R13 is hydrogen.
    
    


A second aspect of the second embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-2
wherein

    
    
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl,
                iv) C1-3alkaryl, or
                v) alk(heteroaryl), and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl),
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl), and
            f) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, f, g, and h, represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
        
        
        b) D is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
            vi) a methylene, and
            vii) a vinylidene,
        
        
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) C1-6alkyl; and
        
        
        7) R13 is hydrogen.
    
    


A third aspect of the second embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-2

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl,
                iv) C1-3alkaryl, or
                v) alk(heteroaryl), and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl),
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl), and
            f) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, f, g, and h, represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is —O—,
        b) D is —O— or —CH2—, and
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are each hydrogen; and
        7) R13 is hydrogen.
    
    


A fourth aspect of the second embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-2

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) an C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl), and
            d) —O(aminoacyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, and f represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is —O—,
        b) D is —O— or —CH2—, and
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are each hydrogen; and
        7) R13 is hydrogen.
    
    


A third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3




wherein R1, R2, Y, R3,




X, W1, W2, W3, W4, R16, R17, m, and  have the meanings described above.

A first aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl,
                iv) C1-3alkaryl, or
                v) alk(heteroaryl), and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) fluoro,
            c) azido, and
            d) cyano;
        
        
        3) R3 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) methyl, and
            c) cyano;
        
        
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) fluoro,
            c) —OH,
            d) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            e) —O(C2-7acyl),
            f) —O(aminoacyl),
            g) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl),
            h) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            i) —NH2,
            j) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            k) —NH(aminoacyl),
            l) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, and
            m) azido;
        
        
        5) X is selected from among
        
            a) —O— and
            b) —S—;
        
        
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, f, g, and h, represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
        
        
        b) D is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
            vi) a methylene, and
            vii) a vinylidene, and
        
        
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) C1-6alkyl
            iv) hydroxy,
            v) alkoxy,
            vi) cycloalkoxy,
            vii) —O(acyl),
            viii) —O(C1-6-alkyleneoxyacyl),
            ix) —O—C(O)—O-alkyl,
            x) C1-6alkylene-oxy(alkyl),
            xi) alkenyl,
            xii) ethynyl,
            xiii) —NH2,
            xiv) —NH(alkyl),
            xv) —NH(cycloalkyl),
            xvi) heterocyclyl,
            xvii) aryl, and
            xviii) heteroaryl; and
        
        
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond and R16 and R17 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) —NH2,
            iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iv) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
            vi) —O(C1-6alkyl),
            vii) —O(C2-7acyl),
            viii) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl),
            ix) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            x) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
            xi) —OC1-3alkaryl,
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond and
         b1) R16 is selected from among
        
            i) ═O,
            ii) ═NH, and
            iii) ═N(C1-6alkyl), and
        
        
         b2) R17 is selected from among
        
            i) —NH2,
            ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, and
            v) -cycloheteroalkyl, and
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of m, each bonding pair, W1W2, W2C, CW4, W4W3, and W3W1, contained in the five-membered ring comprises a single or a double bond and
        
            i) W1 is O, S, N, or CR14,
            ii) W2 is N or CR15,
            iii) W3 is C or N, and
            iv) W4 is C or N, and
        
        
        where R14 and R15, if present, are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) —C(O)NH2,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            vii) vinyl, and
            viii) ethynyl.
        
        
    
    


A second aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3
wherein

    
    
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl,
                iv) C1-3alkaryl, or
                v) alk(heteroaryl), and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl),
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl), and
            f) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, f, g, and h, represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
        
        
        b) D is selected from among
        
            i) —O—,
            ii) —S—,
            iii) —S(O)—,
            iv) —S(O)2—, and
            v) —NH—,
            vi) a methylene, and
            vii) a vinylidene,
        
        
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo, and
            iii) C1-6alkyl; and
        
        
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond and R16 and R17 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) —NH2,
            iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iv) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
            vi) —O(C1-6alkyl),
            vii) —O(C2-7acyl),
            viii) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl),
            ix) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            x) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
            xi) —OC1-3alkaryl,
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond and
         b1) R16 is selected from among
        
            i) ═O,
            ii) ═NH, and
            iii) ═N(C1-6alkyl), and
        
        
         b2) R17 is selected from among
        
            i) —NH2,
            ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, and
            v) -cycloheteroalkyl, and
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of m, each bonding pair, W1W2, W2C, CW4, W4W3, and W3W1, contained in the five-membered ring comprises a single or a double bond and
        
            i) W1 is O, S, N, or CR14,
            ii) W2 is N or CR15,
            iii) W3 is C or N, and
            iv) W4 is C or N, and
        
        
        where R14 and R15, if present, are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) —C(O)NH2,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            vii) vinyl, and
            viii) ethynyl.
        
        
    
    


A third aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl,
                iv) C1-3alkaryl, or
                v) alk(heteroaryl), and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            p) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            q) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl),
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl), and
            f) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, f g, and h, represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is —O—,
        b) D is —O— or —CH2—,
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are each hydrogen; and
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond and R16 and R17 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) —NH2,
            iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iv) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
            vi) —O(C1-6alkyl),
            vii) —O(C2-7acyl),
            viii) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl),
            ix) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            x) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
            xi) —OC1-3alkaryl,
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond and
         b1) R16 is selected from among
        
            i) ═O,
            ii) ═NH, and
            iii) ═N(C1-6alkyl), and
        
        
         b2) R17 is selected from among
        
            i) —NH2,
            ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, and
            v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of m, each bonding pair, W1W2, W2C, CW4, W4W3, and W3W1, contained in the five-membered ring comprises a single or a double bond and
        
            i) W1 is O, S, N, or CR14,
            ii) W2 is N or CR15,
            iii) W3 is C or N, and
            iv) W4 is C or N, and
        
        
        where R14 and R15, if present, are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) —C(O)NH2,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            vii) vinyl, and
            viii) ethynyl.
        
        
    
    


A fourth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3
wherein

    
    
        1) R1 is selected from among
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                iv) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) an C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-C2-7acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl;
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl), and
            d) —O(aminoacyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is a four- or five-membered ring selected from among radicals c, d, e, and f represented by the following structures





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon and where

    
    
        a) A is —O—,
        b) D is —O— or —CH2—,
        c) R4, R5, R8, and R9 are each hydrogen; and
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond and R16 and R17 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) —NH2,
            iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iv) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
            vi) —O(C1-6alkyl),
            vii) —O(C2-7acyl),
            viii) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl),
            ix) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
            x) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
            xi) —OC1-3alkaryl
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond and
         1) R16 is selected from among
        
            i) ═O,
            ii) ═NH, and
            iii) ═N(C1-6alkyl), and
        
        
         b2) R17 is selected from among
        
            i) —NH2,
            ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
            iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
            iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, and
            v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of m, each bonding pair, W1W2, W2C, CW4, W4W3, and W3W1, contained in the five-membered ring comprises a single or a double bond and
        
            i) W1 is O, S, N, or CR14,
            ii) W2 is N or CR15,
            iii) W3 is C or N, and
            iv) W4 is C or N, and
        
        
        where R14 and R15, if present, are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) —C(O)NH2,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            vii) vinyl, and
            viii) ethynyl.
        
        
    
    


A fifth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-1




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1a),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            e) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            f) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            g) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            h) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            i) a C2-7acyl, and
            j) an aminoacyl; and
        
        
        2) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl), and
            d) —O(aminoacyl); and
        
        
        3)
    
    






is selected from among





where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and

    
    
        4a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            4a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) -cycloalkylamino,
                v) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                vi) —O(C2-7acyl),
                vii) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl), and
                viii) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                ix) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
                x) —OC1-3alkaryl, and
            
            
            4a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2, and
                iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            
            
        
        
        4b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            4b1) R16 is ═O; and
            4b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2 and
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl).
            
            
        
        
    
    


A sixth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-1

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) phenyl,
                iii) p-fluorophenyl,
                iv) p-chlorophenyl,
                v) p-bromophenyl, or
                vi) naphthyl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            e) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            f) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            g) a C2-7acyl, and
            h) an aminoacyl; and
        
        
        2) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl), and
            d) —O(aminoacyl); and
        
        
        3)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        4a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            4a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) -cycloalkylamino,
                v) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                vi) —O(C2-7acyl),
                vii) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl), and
                viii) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                ix) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
                x) —OC1-3alkaryl, and
            
            
            4a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2 and
                iiii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            
            
        
        
        4b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            4b1) R16 is ═O and
            4b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2 and
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl).
            
            
        
        
    
    


A seventh aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-1

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) phenyl,
                iii) p-fluorophenyl,
                iv) p-chlorophenyl,
                v) p-bromophenyl, or
                vi) naphthyl,
            
            
            Rb is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            e) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            f) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            g) a C2-7acyl, and
            h) an aminoacyl; and
        
        
        2) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl), and
            d) —O(aminoacyl); and
        
        
        3)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        4a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            4a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) -cycloalkylamino,
                v) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                vi) —O(C2-7acyl),
                vii) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
                viii) —OC1-3alkaryl, and
            
            
            4a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2, and
                iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            
            
        
        
        4b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            4b1) R16 is ═O and
            4b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2 and
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl).
            
            
        
        
    
    


An eighth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-1

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) phenyl,
                iii) p-fluorophenyl,
                iv) p-chlorophenyl,
                v) p-bromophenyl, or
                vi) naphtyl,
            
            
            Rb is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                vi) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            e) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            f) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            g) a C2-7acyl, and
            h) an aminoacyl; and
        
        
        2) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl), and
            d) —O(aminoacyl); and
        
        
        3)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        4a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            4a1) R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino, and
            4a2) R17 is —NH2 or —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            4a3) R16 is —NH2, —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino, and
            4a4) R17 is hydrogen, or
        
        
        4b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            4b1) R16 is ═O and
            4b2) R17 is —NH2 or —NH(C1-6alkyl).
        
        
    
    


A ninth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-2




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) phenyl,
                iii) p-fluorophenyl,
                iv) p-chlorophenyl,
                v) p-bromophenyl, or
                vi) naphthyl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            e) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            f) a C2-7acyl, and
            g) an aminoacyl; and
        
        
        2)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        3a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            3a1) R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino and
            3a2) R17 is —NH2 or —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            3a3) R16 is —NH2, —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino and
            3a4) R17 is hydrogen, or
        
        
        3b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            3b1) R16 is ═O and
            3b2) R17 is —NH2.
        
        
    
    


A tenth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-3




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1a is
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) phenyl,
            c) p-fluorophenyl,
            d) p-chlorophenyl,
            e) p-bromophenyl, or
            f) naphthyl, and
        
        
        2) R1c is
        
            a) hydrogen
            b) C1-6alkyl,
            c) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
            d) C1-3alkaryl;
        
        
        3)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        4a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            4a1) R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino, and
            4a2) R17 is —NH2 or —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            4a3) R16 is —NH2, —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino, and
            4a4) R17 is hydrogen, or
        
        
        4b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            4b1) R16 is ═O and
            4b2) R17 is —NH2 or —NH(C1-6alkyl).
        
        
    
    


An eleventh aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-4




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) phenyl,
                iii) p-fluorophenyl,
                iv) p-chlorophenyl,
                v) p-bromophenyl, or
                vi) naphthyl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) C1-6alkyl,
                iii) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
                iv) C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            e) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            f) a C2-7acyl, and
            g) an aminoacyl; and
        
        
        2a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            3a1) R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino, and
            3a2) R17 is —NH2 or —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            3a3) R16 is —NH2, —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino and
            3a4) R17 is hydrogen, or
        
        
        2b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            3b1) R16 is ═O and
            3b2) R17 is —NH2 or —NH(C1-6alkyl).
        
        
    
    


A twelfth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-5




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1a is
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) phenyl, or
            c) naphthyl, and
        
        
        2) R1c is
        
            a) hydrogen
            b) C1-6alkyl,
            c) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
            d) C1-3alkaryl; and
        
        
        3a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            3a1) R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino, and
            3a2) R17 is —NH2 or —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            3a3) R16 is —NH2, —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino, and
            3a4) R17 is hydrogen, or
        
        
        3b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            3b1) R16 is ═O and
            3b2) R17 is —NH2 or —NH(C1-6alkyl).
        
        
    
    


A thirteenth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-5

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1a is
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) phenyl, or
            c) naphthyl, and
        
        
        2) R1c is
        
            a) hydrogen
            b) C1-6alkyl,
            c) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
            d) C1-3alkaryl; and
        
        
        3a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            3a1) R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino, and
            3a2) R17 is —NH2, or
            3a3) R16 is —NH2, —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —NH(C1-6alkyl), —S(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino, and
            3a4) R17 is hydrogen, or
        
        
        3b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            3b) R16 is ═O and
            3b2) R17 is —NH2.
        
        
    
    


A fourteenth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-5

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1a is
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) phenyl, or
            c) naphthyl, and
        
        
        2) R1c is
        
            a) hydrogen
            b) C1-6alkyl,
            c) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
            d) C1-3alkaryl; and
        
        
        3a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            3a1) R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl) or —OC1-3alkaryl, and
            3a2) R17 is —NH2, or
            3a3) R16 is —NH2, and
            3a4) R17 is hydrogen, or
        
        
        3b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            3b1) R16 is ═O and
            3b2) R17 is —NH2.
        
        
    
    


A fifteenth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its salt thereof represented by formula I-3-6




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is hydrogen, —P(O)(OH)2, —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2, or —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2.
    
    


A sixteenth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-7




    
    
        1) R1c is
        
            a) hydrogen
            b) C1-6alkyl,
            c) C3-6cycloalkyl, or
            d) C1-3alkaryl;
        
        
        2)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        3a) m is 0,  is a double-bond
        
            3a1) R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino, and
            3a2) R17 is —NH2, or
            3b1) R16 is —NH2, —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —NH(C1-6alkyl), —S(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino and
            3b2) R17 is hydrogen, or
        
        
        3b) m is 1,  is a single-bond
        
            3b1) R16 is ═O and
            3b2) R17 is —NH2 or —NH(C1-6alkyl).
        
        
    
    


A seventeenth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-8




wherein B′ is selected from among B5, B6, B7, B8, B9, and B10 represented by the following structures




and R1, R2, Y, R3,




X, R14, R15, R16, R17, m, and  have the meanings described above.

An eighteenth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-8,

    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                vi) —C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) an C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen or cyano;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(acyl), and
            d) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxyC2-7acyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        
            7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond and R16 and R17 are independently selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2,
                iii) —NH(alkyl),
                iv) —NH(acyl),
                iv) —NH—C(O)—O-alkyl,
                v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
                vi) —O(alkyl),
                vii) —O(acyl),
                viii) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl),
                ix) —O—C(O)—O-alkyl,
                x) —S(C1-6alkyl), or
                xi) —OC1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond and
             b1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) ═O,
                ii) ═NH,
                iii) ═N(alkyl), and
            
            
             b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(alkyl),
                iii) —NH(acyl),
                iv) —NH—C(O)—O-alkyl, and
                v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
            
            
            7c) independent of the value of m, R14 and R15, if present, are independently selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) halo,
                iii) cyano,
                iv) —C(O)NH2,
                iv) C1-6alkyl,
                vii) vinyl, and
                viii) ethynyl.
            
            
        
        
    
    


A nineteenth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-8 wherein

    
    
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                vi) —C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) an C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen or cyano;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(acyl), and
            d) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxyC2-7acyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond,
        
            7a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                v) -cycloheteroalkyl,
                vi) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                vii) —O(C2-7acyl),
                viii) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl),
                ix) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                x) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
                xi) —OC1-3alkaryl, and
            
            
            7a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2,
                iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iv) —NH(C2-7acyl), and
                v) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, or
            
            
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond,
        
            7b1) R16 is ═O;
            7b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), and
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl), and
            
            
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of m, R14 and R15, if present, are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) —C(O)NH2,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            vii) vinyl, and
            viii) ethynyl.
        
        
    
    


A twentieth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-8 wherein

    
    
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(C1-6alkyl))2,
            d) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            e) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl))2,
            f) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OCH2(aryl))2,
            g) —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SCH2(aryl))2,
            h) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                vi) —C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            i) —P*(O)(NH(alkaryl)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)(C1-6alkyl)),
            j) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            k) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            l) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            m) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            n) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            o) a C2-7acyl,
            p) an aminoacyl,
            q) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl, and
            r) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen or cyano;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl), and
            d) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxyC2-7acyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond,
        
            7a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                v) —O(C2-7acyl),
                vi) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl), and
                vii) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                viii) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
                ix) —OC1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            7a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2,
                iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iv) —NH(C2-7acyl), and
                v) —NH—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl, or
            
            
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond,
        
            7b1) R16 is ═O;
            7b2) R7 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), and
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl), and
            
            
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of m, R14 and R15, if present, are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) —C(O)NH2,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            vii) vinyl, and
            viii) ethynyl.
        
        
    
    


A twenty-first aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-8 wherein

    
    
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                iv) —C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            e) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            f) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            g) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            h) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            i) a C2-7acyl,
            j) an aminoacyl,
            k) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl, and
            l) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen or cyano;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl), and
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxyC2-7acyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond,
        
            7a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                v) —O(C2-7acyl),
                vi) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl), and
                vii) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                viii) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
                ix) —OC1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            7a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2 and
                iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            
            
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond,
        
            7b1) R16 is ═O;
            7b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2 and
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl) and
            
            
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of m, R14 and R15, if present, are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) —C(O)NH2,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            vii) vinyl, and
            viii) ethynyl.
        
        
    
    


A twenty-second aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-9




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                iv) —C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            e) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            f) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            g) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            h) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            i) a C2-7acyl,
            j) an aminoacyl,
            k) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl, and
            l) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen or cyano;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl), and
            d) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxyC2-7acyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond,
        
            7a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                v) —O(C2-7acyl),
                vi) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl), and
                vii) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                viii) —S(C1-6alkyl),
                ix) —OC1-3alkaryl, and
            
            
            7a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2 and
                iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            
            
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond,
        
            7b1) R16 is ═O; and
            7b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2 and
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl) and
            
            
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of m, R14 and R15 are independently selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) —C(O)NH2,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            vii) vinyl, and
            viii) ethynyl.
        
        
    
    


A twenty-third aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-10




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                iv) —C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            e) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            f) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            g) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            h) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            i) a C2-7acyl,
            j) an aminoacyl,
            k) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl, and
            l) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen or cyano;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl), and
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxyC2-7acyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond,
        
            7a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                v) —O(C2-7acyl),
                vi) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl), and
                vii) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                viii) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
                ix) —OC1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            7a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2 and
                iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            
            
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond,
        
            7b1) R16 is ═O;
            7b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2 and
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl) and
            
            
            7c) independent of the value of m, R14 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) halo,
                iii) cyano,
                iv) —C(O)NH2,
                iv) C1-6alkyl,
                vii) vinyl, and
                viii) ethynyl.
            
            
        
        
    
    


A twenty-fourth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-11




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                iv) —C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            e) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            f) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            g) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            h) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            i) a C2-7acyl,
            j) an aminoacyl,
            k) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl, and
            l) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen or cyano;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl), and
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxyC2-7acyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond,
        
            7a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                v) —O(C2-7acyl),
                vi) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl),
                vii) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                viii) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
                ix) —OC1-3alkaryl, and
            
            
            7a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2 and
                iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            
            
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond,
        
            7b1) R16 is ═O;
            7b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2 and
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl).
            
            
        
        
    
    


A twenty-fifth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-12




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) aryl,
            
            
            Rb is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                iv) —C1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            d) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            e) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            f) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            g) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            h) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            i) a C2-7acyl,
            j) an aminoacyl,
            k) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl, and
            l) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen or cyano;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl), and
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxyC2-7acyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        7a) m is 0,  is double-bond,
        
            7a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                v) —O(C2-7acyl),
                vi) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl),
                vii) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                viii) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
                ix) —OC1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            7a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2 and
                iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            
            
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond,
        
            7b1) R16 is ═O;
            7b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2 and
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl) and
            
            
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of m, R15 is selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) —C(O)NH2,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            vii) vinyl, and
            viii) ethynyl.
        
        
    
    


A twenty-sixth aspect of the third embodiment is directed to a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I-3-13




    
    
        wherein
        1) R1 is selected from among:
        
            a) hydrogen,
            b) —P(O)(OH)2,
            c) —P*(O)(OR1a)(NHCHR1bC(O)OR1c),
            wherein
            R1a is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) aryl,
            
            
            R1b is
            
                i) hydrogen or
                ii) C1-6alkyl, and
            
            
            R1c is
            
                i) hydrogen
                ii) alkyl,
                iii) cycloalkyl, or
                iv) —C1-3 alkaryl,
            
            
            d) a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide,
            e) a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinine-2-oxide,
            f) —P*(O)(OR1c) ̃, when Y is —O ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            g) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            h) —P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)—O—P(O)(OH)2,
            i) a C2-7acyl,
            j) an aminoacyl,
            k) a C1-6-alkylene-oxy-acyl, and
            l) a —C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
        
        
        2) R2 is hydrogen;
        3) R3 is hydrogen or cyano;
        4) Y is selected from among
        
            a) —OH,
            b) —O ̃, when R1 is —P(O)(OR1c) ̃, where R1c is defined above,
            c) —O(C2-7acyl),
            d) —O(aminoacyl), and
            e) —O(C1-6-alkylene-oxyC2-7acyl);
        
        
        5) X is —O—;
        6)
    
    






is selected from among





    
    
        where * represents the point of attachment to the 2′-carbon; and
        7a) m is 0,  is a double-bond,
        
            7a1) R16 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2,
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl),
                iii) —NH(C2-7acyl),
                iv) —O(C1-6alkyl),
                v) —O(C2-7acyl),
                vi) —O(C1-6alkyleneoxyacyl),
                vii) —O—C(O)—O—C1-6alkyl,
                viii) —S(C1-6alkyl), and
                ix) —OC1-3alkaryl,
            
            
            7a2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) hydrogen,
                ii) —NH2 and
                iii) —NH(C1-6alkyl), or
            
            
        
        
        7b) m is 1,  is a single-bond,
        
            7b1) R16 is ═O;
            7b2) R17 is selected from among
            
                i) —NH2 and
                ii) —NH(C1-6alkyl) and
            
            
        
        
        7c) independent of the value of m, R15 is selected from among
        
            i) hydrogen,
            ii) halo,
            iii) cyano,
            iv) —C(O)NH2,
            iv) C1-6alkyl,
            vii) vinyl, and
            viii) ethynyl.

Dosage, Administration, and Use

        
        
    
    


In the embodiments of this section, the expression “Compound I” is meant to encompass a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof represented by formula I notwithstanding the excluded subject matter found in the Definitions.
A fourth embodiment is directed to a composition comprising compound I.
A first aspect of the fourth embodiment is directed to a composition for treating a subject infected with any one of hepatitis C virus, hepatitis B virus, Hepatitis A virus, West Nile virus, yellow fever virus, dengue virus, rhinovirus, polio virus, bovine viral diarrhea virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, or those viruses belonging to the groups of Pestiviruses, hepaciviruses, or flavaviruses, said composition comprising an effective amount of compound I.
A second aspect of the fourth embodiment is directed to a composition for treating a subject infected with a hepatitis C virus, which comprises an effective amount of compound I and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable medium.
A third aspect of the fourth embodiment is directed to a composition for treating a subject infected with a dengue virus, which comprises an effective amount of compound I and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable medium.
A fourth aspect of the fourth embodiment is directed to a composition for treating a subject infected with any one of a hepatitis B virus, a Hepatitis A virus, a West Nile virus, a yellow fever virus, a rhinovirus, polio virus, a bovine viral diarrhea virus, and a Japanese encephalitis virus, which comprises an effective amount of compound I and a pharmaceutically acceptable medium.
A fifth aspect of the fourth embodiment is directed to a composition for treating a subject infected with a hepatitis C virus, which comprises an effective amount of compound I and a pharmaceutically acceptable medium.
A sixth aspect of the fourth embodiment is directed to a composition for treating a subject infected with a dengue virus, which comprises an effective amount of compound I and a pharmaceutically acceptable medium.
A seventh aspect of the fourth embodiment is directed to a composition for treating a subject infected with a virus from any one of viruses belonging to the groups of Pestiviruses, hepaciviruses, or flavaviruses, which comprises an effective amount of compound I and a pharmaceutically acceptable medium.
Compound I may be independently formulated in a wide variety of oral administration dosage forms and carriers. Oral administration can be in the form of tablets, coated tablets, hard and soft gelatin capsules, solutions, emulsions, syrups, or suspensions. Compound I is efficacious when administered by suppository administration, among other routes of administration. The most convenient manner of administration is generally oral using a convenient daily dosing regimen which can be adjusted according to the severity of the disease and the patient's response to the antiviral medication.
Compound I together with one or more conventional excipients, carriers, or diluents, may be placed into the form of pharmaceutical compositions and unit dosages.
The pharmaceutical compositions and unit dosage forms may be comprised of conventional ingredients in conventional proportions, with or without additional active compounds and the unit dosage forms may contain any suitable effective amount of the active ingredient commensurate with the intended daily dosage range to be employed. The pharmaceutical compositions may be employed as solids, such as tablets or filled capsules, semisolids, powders, sustained release formulations, or liquids such as suspensions, emulsions, or filled capsules for oral use; or in the form of suppositories for rectal or vaginal administration. A typical preparation will contain from about 5% to about 95% active compound or compounds (w/w).
As noted above, the term “effective amount” as used herein means an amount required to reduce symptoms of the disease in a subject. The dose will be adjusted to the individual requirements in each particular case. That dosage can vary within wide limits depending upon numerous factors such as the severity of the disease to be treated, the age and general health condition of the patient, other medicaments with which the patient is being treated, the route and form of administration and the preferences and experience of the medical practitioner involved. For oral administration, a daily dosage of between about 0.001 and about 10 g, including all values in between, such as 0.001, 0.0025, 0.005, 0.0075, 0.01, 0.025, 0.050, 0.075, 0.1, 0.125, 0.150, 0.175, 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7 0.75, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, and 9.5, per day should be appropriate in monotherapy and/or in combination therapy. A particular daily dosage is between about 0.01 and about 1 g per day, including all incremental values of 0.01 g (i.e., 10 mg) in between, a preferred daily dosage about 0.01 and about 0.8 g per day, more preferably about 0.01 and about 0.6 g per day, and most preferably about 0.01 and about 0.25 g per day, each of which including all incremental values of 0.01 g in between. Generally, treatment is initiated with a large initial “loading dose” to rapidly reduce or eliminate the virus following by a decreasing the dose to a level sufficient to prevent resurgence of the infection. One of ordinary skill in treating diseases described herein will be able, without undue experimentation and in reliance on knowledge, experience and the disclosures of this application, to ascertain a effective amount of the compound disclosed herein for a given disease and patient.
Compound I can be administered alone but will generally be administered in admixture with one or more suitable pharmaceutical excipients, diluents or carriers selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice.
Solid form preparations include, for example, powders, tablets, pills, capsules, suppositories, and dispersible granules. A solid carrier may be one or more substances which may also act as diluents, flavoring agents, solubilizers, lubricants, suspending agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material. In powders, the carrier generally is a finely divided solid which is a mixture with the finely divided active component. In tablets, the active component generally is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding capacity in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired. Suitable carriers include but are not limited to magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like. Solid form preparations may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like. Examples of solid formulations are exemplified in EP 0524579; US 2002/0142050; US 2004/0224917; US 2005/0048116; US 2005/0058710; US 2006/0034937; US 2006/0057196; US 2006/0188570; US 2007/0026073; US 2007/0059360; US 2007/0077295; US 2007/0099902; US 2008/0014228; U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,267,985; 6,294,192; 6,383,471; 6,395,300; 6,569,463; 6,635,278; 6,645,528; 6,923,988; 6,932,983; 7,060,294; and 7,462,608.
Liquid formulations also are suitable for oral administration include liquid formulation including emulsions, syrups, elixirs and aqueous suspensions. These include solid form preparations which are intended to be converted to liquid form preparations shortly before use. Examples of liquid formulation are exemplified in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,994,974; 5,695,784; and 6,977,257. Emulsions may be prepared in solutions, for example, in aqueous propylene glycol solutions or may contain emulsifying agents such as lecithin, sorbitan monooleate, or acacia. Aqueous suspensions can be prepared by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well known suspending agents.
Compound I may be independently formulated for administration as suppositories. A low melting wax, such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter is first melted and the active component is dispersed homogeneously, for example, by stirring. The molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and to solidify.
Compound I may be independently formulated for vaginal administration. Pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or sprays containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate. Certain of these formulations may also be used in conjunction with a condom with or without a spermicidal agent.
Suitable formulations along with pharmaceutical carriers, diluents and excipients are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 1995, edited by E. W. Martin, Mack Publishing Company, 19th edition, Easton, Pa. A skilled formulation scientist may modify the formulations within the teachings of the specification to provide numerous formulations for a particular route of administration without rendering compositions containing the compounds contemplated herein unstable or compromising their therapeutic activity.
Additionally, compound I may be independently formulated in conjunction with liposomes, micelles, or complexed to or entrapped in a protein matrix, such as albumin. As to liposomes, it is contemplated that the compound I can be formulated in a manner as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,797,285; 5,013,556; 5,077,056; 5,077,057; 5,154,930; 5,192,549; 5,213,804; 5,225,212; 5,277,914; 5,316,771; 5,376,380; 5,549,910; 5,567,434; 5,736,155; 5,827,533; 5,882,679; 5,891,468; 6,060,080; 6,132,763; 6,143,321; 6,180,134; 6,200,598; 6,214,375; 6,224,903; 6,296,870; 6,653,455; 6,680,068; 6,726,925; 7,060,689; and 7,070,801. As to micelles, it is contemplated that compound I can be formulated in a manner as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,145,684 and 5,091,188. As to a protein matrix, it is contemplated that compound I can be complexed to or entrapped in a protein matrix as disclosed in any one of U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,439,686; 5,498,421; 6,096,331; 6,506,405; 6,537,579; 6,749,868; 6,753,006; and 7,820,788.
A fifth embodiment is directed to a use of compound I for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of any condition the result of an infection by any one of the following viral agents: hepatitis C virus, West Nile virus, yellow fever virus, dengue virus, rhinovirus, polio virus, hepatitis A virus, bovine viral diarrhea virus and Japanese encephalitis virus.
A first aspect of the fifth embodiment is directed to a use of compound I for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a hepatitis C virus.
A second aspect of the fifth embodiment is directed to a use of compound I for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a dengue virus.
A third aspect of the fifth embodiment is directed to a use of compound I for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of any condition the result of an infection by any one of the following viral agents: a West Nile virus, a yellow fever virus, a rhinovirus, a polio virus, a hepatitis A virus, a bovine viral diarrhea virus, and a Japanese encephalitis virus.
A fourth aspect of the fifth embodiment is directed to a use of compound I for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of any condition the result of an infection by a viral agent from any one of viruses belonging to the groups of Pestiviruses, hepaciviruses, or flavaviruses.
As noted above, the term “medicament” means a substance used in a method of treatment and/or prophylaxis of a subject in need thereof, wherein the substance includes, but is not limited to, a composition, a formulation, a dosage form, and the like, comprising compound I. It is contemplated that the use of any of compound I for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of any of the antiviral conditions disclosed herein, either alone or in combination with another compound disclosed herein. A medicament includes, but is not limited to, any one of the compositions contemplated by the fourth embodiment disclosed herein.
A sixth embodiment is directed to a method of treating a subject infected with any one of a hepatitis C virus, a West Nile virus, a yellow fever virus, a degue virus, a rhinovirus, a polio virus, a hepatitis A virus, a bovine viral diarrhea virus, a Japanese encephalitis virus or those viruses belonging to the groups of Pestiviruses, hepaciviruses, or flavaviruses, said method comprising administering an effective amount of compound I to the subject.
A first aspect of the sixth embodiment is directed to a method of treating a subject infected with a hepatitis C virus, said method comprising administering an effective amount of compound I to the subject.
A second aspect of the sixth embodiment is directed to a method of treating a subject infected with a dengue virus, said method comprising administering an effective amount of compound I to the subject. A third aspect of the sixth embodiment is directed to a method of treating a subject injected with any one of a West Nile virus, a yellow fever virus, a rhinovirus, a polio virus, a hepatitis A virus, a bovine viral diarrhea virus, a Japanese encephalitis virus or those viruses belonging to the groups of Pestiviruses, hepaciviruses, or flavaviruses, said method comprising administering an effective amount of compound I to the subject.
It is intended that a subject in need thereof is one that has any condition the result of an infection by any of the viral agents disclosed herein, which includes, but is not limited to, a hepatitis C virus, a West Nile virus, a yellow fever virus, a dengue virus, a rhinovirus, a polio virus, a hepatitis A virus, a bovine viral diarrhea virus or a Japanese encephalitis virus; flaviviridae viruses or pestiviruses or hepaciviruses or a viral agent causing symptoms equivalent or comparable to any of the above-listed viruses.
As noted above, the term “subject” means a mammal, which includes, but is not limited to, cattle, pigs, sheep, buffalo, llama, dogs, cats, mice, rats, monkeys, and humans, preferably the subject is a human. It is contemplated that in the method of treating a subject thereof of the ninth embodiment can be any of the compounds contemplated herein, either alone or in combination with another compound disclosed herein.
Therapeutic efficacy can be ascertained from tests of liver function including, but not limited to protein levels such as serum proteins (e.g., albumin, clotting factors, alkaline phosphatase, aminotransferases (e.g., alanine transaminase, aspartate transaminase), 5′-nucleosidase, γ-glutaminyltranspeptidase, etc.), synthesis of bilirubin, synthesis of cholesterol, and synthesis of bile acids; a liver metabolic function, including, but not limited to, carbohydrate metabolism, amino acid and ammonia metabolism. Alternatively the therapeutic effectiveness may be monitored by measuring HCV-RNA. The results of these tests will allow the dose to be optimized.
A fourth aspect of the sixth embodiment is directed to a method of treating a subject infected with hepatitis C virus or a subject infected with a dengue virus, said method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of compound I and an effective amount of another antiviral agent; wherein the administration is concurrent or alternative. It is understood that the time between alternative administration can range between 1-24 hours, which includes any sub-range in between including, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, and 23 hours. It will be understood that the effective amount of compound I and the effective amount of another antiviral agent can be formulated in the same dosage form or formulated in separate dosage forms.
A fifth aspect of the sixth embodiment comprises adding to the 3′-terminus of an HCV RNA strand or a DENV RNA strand a radical or its salt thereof represented by




where  is the point of attachment to the 3′-terminus. It is understood that addition of said compound to the nascent RNA strand will prevent or substantially increase the likelihood that propagation of the RNA strand having said compound added thereto will come to an end.

A seventh aspect of the sixth embodiment comprises increasing an intracellular concentration of a triphosphate (P3) compound or its salt thereof represented by




in a cell infected with HCV or DENV.

When compound I is administered in combination with another antiviral agent the activity may be increased over the activity exhibited for compound I alone. When the treatment is combination therapy, such administration may be concurrent or sequential with respect to that of the nucleoside derivatives. “Concurrent administration” as used herein thus includes administration of the agents at the same time or at different times. Administration of two or more agents at the same time can be achieved by a single formulation containing two or more active ingredients or by substantially simultaneous administration of two or more dosage forms with a single active agent.
It will be understood that references herein to treatment extend to prophylaxis as well as to the treatment of existing conditions.
Examples of “another antiviral agent” include, but are not limited to: HCV NS3 protease inhibitors (see EP 1881001, US 2003/0187018, US 2005/0267018, US 2003/0119752, US 2003/0187018, US 2005/0090432, US 2009/0291902, US 2005/0267018, US 2005/0267018, US 2011/0237621, US 2009/0281141, US 2009/0105302, US 2009/0062311, US 2009/0281140, US 2007/0054842, US 2008/0108617, and US 2008/0108617); HCV NS5B Inhibitors (see US 2004/0229840, US 2005/0154056, US 2005/0098125, US 2006/0194749, US 2006/0241064, US 2006/0293306, US 2006/0040890, US 2006/0040927, US 2006/0166964, US 2007/0275947, U.S. Pat. No. 6,784,166, US 2007/0275930, US 2002/0147160, US 2002/0147160, US 2003/0176433, US 2004/0024190, US 2005/0043390, US 2005/0026160, US 2004/0171570, US 2005/0130923, US 2008/0146788, US 2007/0123484, US 2007/0024277, US 2007/0004669, US 2004/0142989, US 2004/0142993, US 2006/0004063, US 2006/0234962, US 2007/0231318, US 2007/0142380, WO 2004/096210, US 2007/0135363, WO 2005/103045, US 2008/0021047, US 2007/0265222, US 2006/0046983, US 2008/0280842, WO 2006065590, US 2006/0287300, WO 2007039142, WO 2007039145, US 2007/0232645, US 2007/0232627, WO 2007088148, WO 2007092000, and US 2010/0234316); HCV NS4 Inhibitors (see US 2005/0228013 and US 2007/0265262); HCV NS5A Inhibitors (see US 2006/0276511, US 2007/0155716, US 2008/0182863, US 2009/0156595, and US 2008/0182863); Toll-like receptor agonists (see US 2007/0197478); and other inhibitors (see US 2003/0207922, US 2006/0094706, US 2006/0122154, US 2005/0069522, US 2005/0096364, US 2005/0069522, US 2005/0096364, and US 2005/0215614); PSI-6130 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,429,572); RG7128 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,754,699); Compound A (disclosed in US 2010/0081628, see also compound 19a (PSI-938) and 19b disclosed in the same application, which are individual diastereomers of compound A); PSI-7977 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,964,580, claim 8) and PSI-7976 (disclosed in US 2010/0016251 and US 2010/0298257 (Ser. No. 12/783,680) (PSI-7977 (Sp-4) and PSI-7976 (Rp-4)); PSI-353661 (disclosed in US 2010/0279973, see compound 11); telaprevir (also known as VX-950, which is disclosed in US 2010/0015090); boceprevir (disclosed in US 2006/0276405); BMS-790052 (disclosed in US 2008/0050336, see also US 2009/0041716); ITMN-191 (disclosed in US 2009/0269305 at Example 62-1); ANA-598 (shown below and identified as compound 3i in F. Ruebasam et al. Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett. (2008) 18: 3616-3621; and TMC435 (formerly known as TMC435350).










The antiviral agents can be formulated in a manner known to one of ordinary skill. The respective patent documents provide guidance for the respective formulations. The preferred dosage forms of the antiviral agents are those that are approved by the FDA. However, not to be limited, contemplated dosage forms of the antiviral agents are contemplated as follows: RG7128 (500 mg, 1000 mg, or 1500 mg); Compound A (5 mg to 1000 mg and values inbetween); PSI-7977 (100 mg, 200 mg, or 400 mg); A dosage form for VX-950 is disclosed in McHutchison et al. N. Engl. J. Med. (2009) 360(18): 1827-1838; see also WO 2009/038663; Boceprevir (WO 2009/038663).
Additional examples of “another antiviral agent” and contemplated dosages are identified in the following table.

















Clinical



Drug Name
Drug Category
Company
Phase
Dosage







RG7128
Polymerase
Roche in
Phase I
500 mg



Inhibitor
collaboration with

BID, 100 mg




Pharmasset

BID


RG7227
Protease
Roche in
Phase I
100 mg TID,



Inhibitor
collaboration with

200 mg TID




Pharmasset


Telaprevir
Protease
Vertex
Phase II
N/A


(VX-950)
Inhibitor


VX-222
Polymerase
Vertex
Phase II
N/A



Inhibitor


BMS 790052
NS5a Inhibitor
Bristol-Myers Squibb
Phase II
60 mg once a






day or 600






mg twice a






day


BMS 65032
Protease
Bristol-Myers Squibb
Phase II
60 mg once a



Inhibitor


day or 600






mg twice a






day


BMS-824393
NS5A Inhibitor
Bristol-Myers Squibb
Phase I
N/A


INX-189
HCV Polymerase
Inhibitex
Phase I
from 3 mg to



Inhibitor


100 mg, once






a day


PSI-938
Polymerase
Pharmasset
Phase I
300 mg once



Inhibitor


a day


PPI-461
NS5A Inhibitor
Presidio
Phase I
four single




Pharmaceuticals

doses






followed by






a 5-day,






once-a-day






dose


IDX375
Polymerase
Idenix
Phase I
25 mg once



Inhibitor


daily (QD),






50 mg QD,






100 mg QD,






200 mg QD,






or 200 mg






twice a day


ABT-072
Polymerase
Abbott
Phase I
N/A



Inhibitor


Clemizole
NS4B Inhibitor
Eiger
Phase I
N/A




BioPharmaceuticals


MK-3281
Polymerase
Merck
Phase I
N/A



Inhibitor


PSI-7851
Polymerase
Pharmasset
Phase I
50 mg,



Inhibitor


100 mg,






200 mg, or






400 mg


ABT-450
Protease
Abbott/Enanta
Phase I
N/A


HCV
Inhibitor


VX-813
Protease
Vertex
Phase I
N/A



Inhibitor


PHX1766
Protease
Phenomix
Phase I
400 mg BID



Inhibitor


or 800 mg






BID


ABT-333
Polymerase
Abbott
Phase I
N/A



Inhibitor


VX-916
HCV Polymerase
Vertex
Phase I
N/A



Inhibitor


RG7128
Polymerase
Pharmasset/Genentech
Phase I
500 or



Inhibitor


100 mg BID


VX-500
HCV Protease
Vertex
Phase I
N/A



Inhibitor


Filibuvir
HCV Polymerase
Pfizer
Phase II
200, 300, or


(PF-
Inhibitor


0500 mg


00868554)



BID (twice a






day)


ACH-1625
Protease
Achillion
Phase II
200 or 600



Inhibitor


mg


GS-9256
Protease
Gilead
Phase II
N/A



Inhibitor


BI 201335
Protease
Boehringer Ingelheim
Phase II
240 mg



Inhibitor
Pharma

(once-a-day)






or 240 mg






(twice-a-day)


VX-222
Polymerase
Vertex
Phase II
250, 500, or



Inhibitor


750 mg






twice-a-day;






1500 mg






once-a-day


RG7227
Protease
InterMune/Genentech
Phase II
N/A


(Danoprevir)
Inhibitor


ANA598
Polymerase
Anadys
Phase II
First day 800



Inhibitor
Pharmaceuticals

mg BID,






followed by






200 or 400






mg twice






daily


Vaniprevir
HCV Protease
Merck
Phase II
300 or 600


(MK-7009)
Inhibitor


mg twice a






day; 300 or






600 mg






once-a-day


A-832
NS5A Inhibitor
ArrowTherapeutics
Phase II
N/A


GS 9190
Polymerase
Gilead
Phase II
N/A



Inhibitor


VX-759
Polymerase
Vertex
Phase II
400 mg TID,



Inhibitor


800 mg BID,






or 800 mg






TID


SCH900518
Protease
Schering/Merck
Phase II
N/A


(Narlaprevir)
Inhibitor


BI 207127
Polymerase
Boehringer Ingelheim
Phase II
N/A



Inhibitor
Pharma


PSI-7977
Polymerase
Pharmasset
Phase IIa
100, 200, or



Inhibitor


400 mg






once-a-day


TMC435
Protease
Medivir/Tibotec
Phase IIa
N/A



Inhibitor


BMS 791325
Polymerase
Bristol-Myers Squibb
Phase IIa
N/A



Inhibitor


BMS 650032
Protease
Bristol-Myers Squibb
Phase IIa/b
N/A



Inhibitor


BMS 790052
NS5a Inhibitor
Bristol-Myers Squibb
Phase IIb
N/A


Boceprevir
Protease
Schering
Phase III
800 mg three


(SCH
Inhibitor


times a day


503034)


Telaprevir
Protease
Vertex
Phase III
750 mg


(VX 950)
Inhibitor


every 8






hours; 1125






mg dose






every 12






hours;


BMS-824393
Type Unknown
Bristol-Myers Squibb
Phase I
N/A


SCY-635
Cyclophilin
SCYNEXIS
Phase I
up to 900



Inhibitor


mg/day


ANA773
TLR Agonist
Anadys
Phase I
800, 1200,




Pharmaceuticals

1600, or 200






mg every






other day


CYT107
Immunomodulator
Cytheris
Phase I
N/A


CF102
A3AR Agonist
CAN-FITE
Phase I
N/A


IMO-2125
TLR9 Agonist
Idera
Phase I
N/A




Pharmaceuticals


Bavituximab
Anti-Phospholipid
Peregrine
Phase I
N/A


(formerly
Therapy


Tarvacin)


NOV-205
Immunomodulator
Novelos Therapeutics
Phase I
N/A


SD-101
TLR9 Agonist
Dynavax
Phase Ib
N/A


Miravirsen
microRNA
Santaris
Phase II
up to 12


Formerly

Pharma

mg/kg


(SPC3649-LNA-


antimiR TM-


122)


CTS-1027
Anti-
Conatus
Phase II
N/A



inflammatory


Oglufanide
Immunomodulator
Implicit Bioscience
Phase II
N/A


disodium


Alinia
Thiazolides
Romark
Phase II
500 mg


(nitazoxanide)



twice daily


SCV-07
Broad Spectrum
SciClone
Phase II
N/A



Immune



Stimulator


MitoQ
Inflammation/
Antipodean
Phase II
N/A


(mitoquinone)
Fibrosis Inhibitor
Pharmaceuticals


Debio 025
Cyclophilin
Debio
Phase II
600 to 1000



Inhibitor


mg/day


PF-03491390
Pancaspase
Pfizer
Phase II
5 mg to 400


(Formerly
Inhibitor
Pharmaceuticals

mg daily


IDN-6556)



(given 1 to 3






times a day)









According to the FDA-approved label dated Oct. 8, 2010, the recommended dose of COPEGUS (ribavirin) tablets depends on body weight and the HCV genotype to be treated, as shown in the following table.













HCV Genotype
PEGASYS Dose*
COPEGUS Dose
Duration







Genotypes 1, 4
180 μg
 <75 kg = 1000 mg
48 weeks




≧75 kg = 1200 mg
48 weeks


Genotypes 2, 3
180 μg
800 mg
24 weeks





Genotypes 2 and 3 showed no increased response to treatment beyond 24 weeks.


*See PEGASYS Package Insert for further details on PEGASYS dosing and administration






The COPEGUS label further discloses that the recommended duration of treatment for patients previously untreated with ribavirin and interferon is 24 to 48 weeks. The daily dose of COPEGUS is 800 mg to 1200 mg administered orally in two divided doses. The dose should be individualized to the patient depending on baseline disease characteristics (e.g., genotype), response to therapy, and tolerability of the regimen.
An eighth embodiment is directed to a compound or a salt thereof represented by formula A,




wherein each one of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is hydrogen or a protecting group (PG).
In a first aspect of the eighth embodiment, PG is selected from among —C(O)alkyl, —C(O)aryl, —C(O)O(C1-6alkyl), —C(O)O(C1-6alkylene)aryl, —C(O)Oaryl, —CH2O-alkyl, —CH2O-aryl, —SO2-alkyl, —SO2-aryl, and a silicon-containing protecting group. One of ordinary skill will appreciate that Z1 and Z2 can be the same, while Z3 is different or that Z1 and Z2 are a part of the same radical, such as in the instance of  ̃Si(C1-6alkyl)2OSi(C1-6alkyl)2 ̃, which would be derived from, for example, a 1,3-dihalo-1,1,3,3-tetra(C1-6alkyl)disiloxane.
In a second aspect of the eighth embodiment, PG is selected from among, benzoyl, acetyl, —C(O)OCH2Ph, phenyl-substituted benzoyl, tetrahydropyranyl, trityl, DMT (4,4′-dimethoxytrityl), MMT (4-monomethoxytrityl), trimethoxytrityl, pixyl (9-phenylxanthen-9-yl) group, thiopixyl (9-phenylthioxanthen-9-yl), 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)xanthine-9-yl (MOX), tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, and  ̃Si(C1-6alkyl)2OSi(C1-6alkyl)2OH, such as, —Si(iPr)2OSi(iPr)2OH or  ̃Si(iPr)2OSi(iPr)2 ̃.
In a third aspect of the eighth embodiment, each of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is hydrogen.
In a fourth aspect of the eighth embodiment, each of Z1 and Z2 is hydrogen and Z3 is benzoyl.
In a fifth aspect of the eighth embodiment, Z1 and Z2 are comprised of  ̃Si(iPr)2OSi(iPr)2- and Z3 is hydrogen or benzoyl.
A ninth embodiment is directed to a process for preparing a compound represented by formula I-3-4′




wherein R1 is as defined for compound I-3-4
or
a compound represented by formula I-3-5′,




wherein R1a, R1c, are as defined for compound I-3-5
said process comprising
reacting compound A′ with a nucleophile and optionally deprotecting to obtain compound B′




wherein the nucleophile is comprised of a radical selected from among —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), and -cycloalkylamino, and wherein each one of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is hydrogen or a protecting group (PG) and reacting B′ with an appropriate reagent to obtain either I-3-4′ or I-3-5′.
Conditions for converting B′ to I-3-4′ are as described herein. Conditions for converting B′ to I-3-5′ are as described herein, e.g., as described in the tenth embodiment.
In a first aspect of the ninth embodiment, the nucleophile is comprised of a C1-6alkoxide. The C1-6alkoxide is obtained from methanol, ethanol, propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, i-butanol, s-butanol, t-butanol, n-pentanol, isopentanol, neopentanol, t-pentanol, and hexanol.
In a second aspect of the ninth embodiment, the nucleophile is comprised of a —OC1-3alkaryl. The —OC1-3alkaryl is obtained from the respective C1-3alkaryl alcohol. For example, —OCH2Ph is obtained from benzylalcohol.
In a third aspect of the ninth embodiment, the nucleophile is comprised of a C1-6alkylthiolate. The C1-6alkyl thiolate is obtained from methylthiol, ethylthiol, propylthiol, i-propylthiol, n-butylthiol, i-butylthiol, s-butylthiol, t-butylthiol, n-pentylthiol, isopentylthiol, neopentylthiol, t-pentylthiol, and hexylthiol.
In a fourth aspect of the ninth embodiment, the nucleophile is comprised of a —NH(C1-6alkyl). The —NH(C1-6alkyl) is obtained from methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, i-propylamine, n-butylamine, i-butylamine, s-butylamine, t-butylamine, n-pentylamine, isopentylamine, neopentylamine, t-pentylamine, and hexylamine.
In a fifth aspect of the ninth embodiment, the nucleophile is comprised of a -cycloalkylamino. The cycloalkylamino is derived from its respective cycloalkylamine.
In a sixth aspect of the ninth embodiment, the nucleophile is comprised of a —C3-6cycloalkylamino. The —C3-6cycloalkylamino is obtained from cyclopropylamine, 2-methyl-cyclopropylamine, cyclobutylamine, 2-methyl-cyclobutylamine, cyclopentylamine, 2-methyl-cyclopentylamine, cyclohexylamine, 2-methyl-cyclohexylamine, etc.
In solution or in the solid-state the nucleophile, i.e., the C1-6alkoxide (C1-6alkylO−), the C1-3alkaryloxide (−O(C1-3alkaryl), the C1-6alkylthiolate (C1-6alkylS−), the C1-6alkylamide (C1-6alkylNH−), and the cycloalkylamide (cycloalkylNH−) (or the C3-6cycloalkylamide (−NHC3-6cycloalkyl)), is associated with a cationic species, M. M is generally an alkali metal cation, such as Li+, Na+, K+, etc. or a tetraalkyammonium, such as tetra-n-butyl-ammonium (nBu4N+). However, M can be other cationic species so long as the association with the nucleophile permits reaction with A.
In each of the first six aspects of the ninth embodiment, the nucleophile can be pre-formed or prepared in situ. A pre-formed nucleophile can be obtained commercially or prepared by procedures known to one of ordinary skill. The so-prepared pre-formed nucleophile can optionally be isolated as a solid or used directly in the reaction of the ninth embodiment. A nucleophile prepared in situ may occur in the presence or absence of compound A. In the instance of a pre-formed nucleophile or a nucleophile prepared in situ, the solvent used depends on the conditions of the reaction. In certain aspects a suitable solvent is a polar aprotic solvent. Examples of polar aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to, DMSO, HMPA, DMF, THF, 2-methyl-THF, dioxane, cyclopentylmethylether, t-butyl-methylether, etc. In other aspects the nucleophile is obtained directly from the solvent. For example, the solvent for the solvent for the first aspect of the ninth embodiment could be an C1-6alcohol (e.g., methanol, ethanol, etc.), in which the C1-6alkoxide can be obtained according to conventional procedures. Solvents for the second and third aspects of the ninth embodiment include polar aprotic solvent, as well as an alcoholic solvent. The solvent for the fourth aspect of the ninth embodiment could be a C1-6alkylamine (e.g., methylamine, ethylamine, etc.), in which the C1-6alkylamide is obtained by adding a base having sufficient basicity to obtain the desired nucleophile. Likewise, the solvent for the fifth and sixth aspects of the ninth embodiment could be a cycloalkylamine or a C3-6cycloalkylamine (e.g., cyclopropylamine, cyclobutylamine, etc.), in which the cycloalkylamide or the C3-6cycloalkylamide is obtained by adding a base having sufficient basicity to obtain the desired nucleophile. The optional deprotection step is done by conventional means.
A seventh aspect of the ninth embodiment is directed to a process for preparing a compound represented by formula I-3-5′, which comprises reacting compound A′ with a nucleophile to obtain compound B′, wherein the nucleophile is comprised of a radical selected from among a —O(C1-6alkyl), a —OC1-3alkaryl, a —NH(C1-6alkyl), and a C3-6cycloalkylamino, and wherein for compound I-3-5′, R1a and R1c are as defined, and R16 is a —O(C1-6alkyl). a —OC1-3alkaryl, a —NH(C1-6alkyl), and a C3-6cycloalkylamino.
An eighth aspect of the ninth embodiment is directed to a process for preparing a compound represented by formula I-3-5′, which comprises reacting compound A′ with a nucleophile to obtain compound B′, wherein the nucleophile is comprised of a radical selected from among a —O(C1-6alkyl) and a —OC1-3alkaryl, and wherein for compound I-3-5′, R1a are R1c are as defined, and R16 is a —O(C1-6alkyl) or a —OC1-3alkaryl.
A ninth aspect of the ninth embodiment is directed to a process for preparing a compound represented by formula I-3-5′, which comprises reacting compound A′ with a nucleophile to obtain compound B′, wherein the nucleophile is comprised of a —O(C1-6alkyl), and wherein for compound I-3-5′, R1a and R1c are as defined, and R16 is a —O(C1-6alkyl).
A tenth aspect of the ninth embodiment is directed to a process for preparing a compound represented by formula I-3-5′, which comprises reacting compound A′ with a nucleophile to obtain compound B′, wherein the nucleophile is comprised of a —OC1-3alkaryl, and wherein for compound I-3-5′, R1a and R1c are as defined, and R16 is a —OC1-3alkaryl.
In an eleventh aspect of the ninth embodiment, PG is selected from among —C(O)alkyl, —C(O)aryl, —C(O)O(C1-6alkyl), —C(O)O(C1-6alkylene)aryl, —C(O)Oaryl, —CH2O-alkyl, —CH2O-aryl, —SO2-alkyl, —SO2-aryl, and a silicon-containing protecting group. One of ordinary skill will appreciate that Z1 and Z2 can be the same, while Z3 is different or that Z1 and Z2 are a part of the same radical, such as in the instance of  ̃Si(C1-6alkyl)2OSi(C1-6alkyl)2 ̃, which would be derived from, for example, a 1,3-dihalo-1,1,3,3-tetra(C1-6alkyl)disiloxane.
In a twelfth aspect of the ninth embodiment, PG is selected from among, benzoyl, acetyl, —C(O)OCH2Ph, phenyl-substituted benzoyl, tetrahydropyranyl, trityl, DMT (4,4′-dimethoxytrityl), MMT (4-monomethoxytrityl), trimethoxytrityl, pixyl (9-phenylxanthen-9-yl) group, thiopixyl (9-phenylthioxanthen-9-yl), 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)xanthine-9-yl (MOX), tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, and —Si(C1-6alkyl)2OSi(C1-6alkyl)2OH, such as, —Si(iPr)2OSi(iPr)2OH or  ̃Si(iPr)2OSi(Pr)2 ̃.
In a thirteenth aspect of the ninth embodiment, each of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is hydrogen.
In a fourteenth aspect of the ninth embodiment, each of Z1 and Z2 is hydrogen and Z3 is benzoyl.
In a fifteenth aspect of the ninth embodiment, Z1 and Z2 are comprised of  ̃Si(iPr)2OSi(iPr)2 ̃ and Z3 is hydrogen or benzoyl.
A tenth embodiment is directed to a process for preparing a compound represented by formula I-3-5′′,




wherein
R1a is phenyl or naphthyl;
R1c is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or C1-3alkaryl; and
R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino;
said process comprising:
reacting compound A′′ with a nucleophile and optionally deprotecting to obtain compound B′′,




wherein
R17′ is —NHZ3, wherein each one of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is hydrogen or a protecting group (PG);
the nucleophile is comprised of a radical selected from among, —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), and -cycloalkylamino;
and
reacting B′′ with a phosphoramidate represented by formula C to obtain I-3-5′′




wherein the phosphoramidate is comprised of a mixture of the SP- and RP-diastereomers.
The optional deprotection step is done by conventional means.
In a first aspect of the tenth embodiment, R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or —NHC3-6cycloalkyl.
In a second aspect of the tenth embodiment, R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl).
In a third aspect of the tenth embodiment, R16 is —OC1-3alkaryl.
In a fourth aspect of the tenth embodiment, R16 is —S(C1-6alkyl).
In a fifth aspect of the tenth embodiment, R16 is —NH(C1-6alkyl).
In a sixth aspect of the tenth embodiment, R16 is —NHC3-6cycloalkyl.
In a seventh aspect of the tenth embodiment, the mole ratio of the SP-diastereomer to the RP-diastereomer ranges from about 2 to about 99.99 and all values in between, including 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 97, 98, 99, 99.9, and 99.99.
In an eighth aspect of the tenth embodiment, the mole ratio of the RP-diastereomer to the SP-diastereomer ranges from about 2 to about 99.99 and all values in between, including 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 97, 98, 99, 99.9, and 99.99.
In a ninth aspect of the tenth embodiment, the meanings of the protecting group for A′′ is as described for A in the eighth embodiment.
An eleventh embodiment is directed to a process for preparing a compound represented by formula I-3-5′′′




wherein R1a is phenyl or naphthyl; R1c is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or C1-3alkaryl; R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or -cycloalkylamino; and R17 is —H or —NH2 
said process comprising reacting a compound represented by formula B′′′ with a phosphoramidate represented by formula C to obtain I-3-5′′′




wherein the phosphoramidate is comprised of a mixture of the SP- and RP-diastereomers.
In a first aspect of the eleventh embodiment, R16 is —O(C1-6alkyl), —OC1-3alkaryl, —S(C1-6alkyl), —NH(C1-6alkyl), or —NHC3-6cycloalkyl and R17 is H or NH2.
In a second aspect of the eleventh embodiment, the mole ratio of the SP-diastereomer to the RP-diastereomer ranges from about 2 to about 99.99 and all values in between, including 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 97, 98, 99, 99.9, and 99.99.
In a third aspect of the eleventh embodiment, the mole ratio of the RP-diastereomer to the SP-diastereomer ranges from about 2 to about 99.99 and all values in between, including 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 97, 98, 99, 99.9, and 99.99.
Preparation
Schemes 1-2 provide general procedures for preparing 2′-spiro-ara and 2′-spiro-ribo-nucleosides.




The disclosed reagents are meant to be exemplary only and should not be meant to narrow the scope of the embodiments disclosed below.
A seventh embodiment is directed to a process for preparing a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride represented by formula I, by any of the processes disclosed herein.
A first aspect of the seventh embodiment is directed to a process for preparing a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite or its deuteride thereof wherein




is





said process comprising any one of the following reaction steps a′-h′

PG





wherein B is defined above, PG is a protecting group, and LG is a leaving group.





A second aspect of the seventh embodiment is directed to a process for preparing a compound or its stereoisomer or its salt or its metabolite thereof represented by formula I, wherein




is





said process comprising any one of the following reaction steps a′-h′





wherein B is as defined above, PG and PG′ are independent of one another leaving groups, and LG is a leaving group.

Scheme 3-6 provide general procedures for preparing additional compounds of formula I. In these schemes, Pg, represents a protecting group, which is defined herein. R is a substituent that provides for or is defined by the substituent “Y” as defined herein. As described above, examples of protecting groups are defined herein and disclosed in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3nd ed. T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1999. One of ordinary skill will appreciate the conditions available to protect and deprotect a given synthetic intermediate. Additionally, it is contemplated that one of ordinary skill would employ known procedures for the deoxygenation steps disclosed below.
















See, e.g., Kim C. M. F. Tjen, et al Chem. Commun., 2000, 699-700.

One of ordinary skill will appreciate that other methods of preparing a compound of formula I are possible.
Procedures for introducing substituents at the 1′ or 4′ positions are disclosed in WO 2009/132135, as well as US 2009/0318380.
Procedures for preparing nucleosides and nucleotides of the “B” of Compound I-2 are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,798,209, 4,138,547, 4,458,016, 7,285,659, and 7,285,660.
Procedures for preparing nucleosides and nucleotides containing the “B” of Compound I-3-1 are disclosed in any one of WO 2010/075517, WO 2010/075549, and WO 2010/075554.
Procedures for preparing nucleosides and nucleotides containing the “B6” of Compound I-3-7 (or I-3-9) are disclosed in any one of WO 2010/002877 and WO 2009/132135.
Procedures for preparing nucleosides and nucleotides containing the “B7” of Compound I-3-7 (or I-3-10) are disclosed in any one of WO 2010/036407, WO 2009/132135, and WO 2009/132123.
Procedures for preparing nucleosides and nucleotides containing the “B8” of Compound I-3-7 (or I-3-11) are disclosed in WO 2009/132123.
Procedures for preparing nucleosides and nucleotides containing the “B9” of Compound I-3-7 (or I-3-12) are disclosed in WO 2010/036407.
Procedures for preparing nucleosides and nucleotides containing the “B10” of Compound I-3-7 (or I-3-13) are disclosed in WO 2010/093608.
Procedures for preparing deuterides are known to one of ordinary skill and reference can be made to US 2010/0279973 and procedures disclosed therein.
Procedures for preparing compound I-3-5′′′ are disclosed herein. Additional procedures for preparing and isolating compound C are disclosed in U.S. Ser. No. 13/076,552 (US 2011/0251152), filed on Mar. 31, 2011 and U.S. Ser. No. 13/076,842 (US 2011/0245484), filed on Mar. 31, 2011. To the extent necessary, the subject matter of U.S. Ser. No. 13/076,552 and U.S. Ser. No. 13/076,842 is hereby incorporated by reference.
EXAMPLES
Not to be limited by way of example, the following examples serve to facilitate a better understanding of the disclosure.
In the examples that follow, certain abbreviations have been used. The following table provides a selected number of abbreviations. It is believed that one of ordinary skill would know or be able to readily deduce the meaning of any abbreviations not specifically identified here.











Abbreviation
Meaning







TMSCl
Trimethylsilylchloride


TIPSCl
1,3-dichloro-1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxane


EtOAc
Ethtyl Acetate


Pyr
pyridine


Ac2O
Acetic Anhydride


THF
Tetrahydrofuran


DCM
(≡CH2Cl2) Dichloromethane


MsCl
Mesylchloride


HMDS
Hexamethyldisiloxane


MeCN
Acetonitrile


NMO
N-Methylmorpholine-N-oxide


p-TsOH
para-toluene-sulfonic acid


MOPS
3-(N-morpholino)propanesulfonic acid


HCHO
formaldehyde


NaHMDS
Sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide


NMI
N-methylimidazole


DTP
1,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(1H)-pyrimidinone









I. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-ara-uracil and 2′-Spiro-ribo-uracil Analogs
A. Preparation 2′-spiro-ara-uridines
The following scheme describes a possible synthetic route for the preparation of 2′-spiro-ara-uracil analogs, 32 and 36. A synthetic intermediate common to compounds 32 and 36 is compound 28, which is obtained by protecting uridine 25 with 1,3-dichloro-1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxane (TIPSCl) followed by oxidation of the 2′-carbon to form compound 27. Compound 28 is prepared by reacting compound 27 with an appropriate allyl-containing reagent.




Example 1
Preparation of 1-((6aR,8R,9S,9aR)-9-allyl-9-hydroxy-2,2,4,4-tetraisopropyltetrahydro-6H-furo[3,2-f][1,3,5,2,4]trioxadisilocin-8-yl)pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione, 28
Step 1. Preparation of Compound 26




To a solution of compound 25 (20.0 g, 82.58 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (150 mL) was added 1,3-dichloro-1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxane (TIPSCl, 27.35 g, 86.71 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL). The organic solution was washed with H2O and the solvent was evaporated to give a crude product 26 which was used for next step without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=10.11 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.73 (s, 1H), 5.68 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.07-4.38 (m, 4H), 3.96-4.00 (m, 2H), 0.91-1.21 (m, 28H).
2. Preparation of Compound 27




To a stirred solution of CrO3 (13.0 g, 130.0 mmol), anhydrous pyridine (22 mL) and Ac2O (13 mL) was added a solution of compound 26 (20.0 g, 41.28 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The mixture was stirred 60 min. The solution was filtered through to a short silica gel column. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:EtOAc=2:1) to give the compound 27 (9.0 g, 45%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=8.63 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.74 (m, 1H), 5.05 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (s, 1H), 4.09-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.86-3.91 (m, 1H), 1.00-1.21 (m, 28H).
Step 3. Preparation of Compound 28




To a solution of compound 27 (5.0 g, 10.32 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added a solution of allylmagnesium bromide (20.63 mL, 20.63 mmol) at −78° C. and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2 h. Then the temperature was raised to −10° C. and the reaction was quenched with H2O. The mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 and the organic solution was dried with Na2SO4 and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Hexanes:EtOAc=3:1) to give the compound 28 (4.0 g, 74%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC3): δ=8.82 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.04-56.14 (m. 1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 5.68 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.28-5.37 (m, 2H), 4.24 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.97-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.80 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.44 (s, 1H), 1.04-1.09 (m, 28H).
Example 2
Preparation of 1-((5 S,6R,8R,9R)-9-hydroxy-8-(hydroxymethyl)-1,7-dioxaspiro[4.4]nonan-6-yl)pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione, 32 (2′-spiro-THF-ara-uracil)




Step 1. Preparation of Compound 29




To a solution of compound 28 (2.0 g, 3.80 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added BH3 (0.57 mL, 5.7 mmol) at room temperature and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and 2 M aqueous NaOH (3.8 mL, 7.6 mmol) and 30% aqueous H2O2 (1.72 mL, 15.21 mmol) was added slowly. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, stirred for 2 h and then poured into a mixture of diethyl ether (150 mL) and H2O (150 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with diethyl ether (50 mL) and the combined organic solution was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×40 mL), and H2O (2×40 mL), successively. The solution was dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc=1:1) to give the compound 29. (1.1 g, 53%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=10.39 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.86 (s, 1H), 5.70 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.99 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.52 (m, 1H), 2.02-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.90 (m, 1H), 0.99-1.11 (m, 28H).
Step 2. Preparation of Compound 30




A solution of MsCl (0.28 g, 2.42 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (1.0 mL) was added to a solution of nucleoside 29 (1.1 g, 2.02 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (2.0 mL) drop-wise at room temperature. After stirring for 12 h at room temperature, methanol (0.1 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was co-evaporated with anhydrous toluene (2×5 mL) and then dissolved in CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The solution was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×25 mL). The combined aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc=2:1) to give compound 30 (0.94 g, 74.6%).
3. Preparation of Compound 31




To a stirred suspension of NaH (108.8 mg, 4.53 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 mL) was added a solution of compound 30 (0.94 g, 1.51 mmol) in THF drop-wise at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. Ice-cold H2O (10 mL) was slowly added followed by addition of CH2Cl2 (20 mL). The organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×20 mL) and dried (Na2SO4). Solvent was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Hexanes:EtOAc=2:1) to provide compound 31 (0.43 g, 54.02%).
Step 4. Preparation of Compound 32




To a solution of compound 31 (150 mg, 0.285 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) was added Et3N.3HF (0.3 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was then evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 32 (51.37 mg, 63.5%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=11.32 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (s, 1H), 5.63 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.03-5.05 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.47-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.29 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.81 (m, 3H). HRMS (TOF-ESI): Calc. For C12H17N2O6, 285.1087. found 285.1070.
Example 3
Preparation of 1-((4S,5R,7R,8R)-8-hydroxy-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-5-yl)pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione, 36 (2′-spiro-oxetane-ara-uracil)




Step 1. Preparation of Compound 33




To a solution of compound 28 (4.8 g, 9.12 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) was bubbled with O3 and the solution was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h. To the solution were added Me2S (1 mL) and NaBH4 (1.73 g, 45.60 mmol) at room temperature and the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting solution was washed with H2O and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc=1:1) to give compound 33 (1.2 g, 25.7%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 11.16 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 5.69-5.72 (m, 1H), 5.64 (s, 1H), 4.58-4.63 (m, 2H), 3.94-4.17 (m, 4H), 3.65-3.68 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.53 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.01-1.11 (m, 28H).
Step 2. Preparation of Compound 34




A solution of MsCl (0.31 g, 2.72 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (10 mL) was added to a solution of nucleoside 33 (1.2 g, 2.26 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (2.0 mL) drop-wise at room temperature and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. Methanol (5.0 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was co-evaporated with anhydrous toluene (2×5 mL) and purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc=2:1) to provide compound 34 (1.0 g, 73.0%).
Step 3. Preparation of Compound 35




To a stirred suspension of NaH (59.2 mg, 2.467 mmol) in anhydrous THF was added a solution of compound 10 (1.0 g, 1.65 mmol) in THF (3 mL) drop-wise at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h at room temperature. Ice-cooled H2O (10 mL) was slowly added to the solution followed by addition of CH2Cl2 (20 mL). The organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×20 mL) and dried (Na2SO4). Solvent was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanse:EtOAc=2:1) to give compound 35. (0.5 g, 59.25%).
Step 4. Preparation of Compound 36




To a solution of compound 35 (300 mg, 0.585 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 ml) was added Et3N*3HF (0.15 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was then evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 36 (61.26 mg, 38.78%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.42 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 5.87 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.60 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.04-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.61 (m, 3H), 3.01-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.45 (m, 1H). HRMS (TOF-ESI): Calc. for C11H15N2O6, 271.0925. found 271.0917.
B. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Ribo-Uracil Analogs
The following scheme shows that 2′-spiro-ribo-uracil analogs can be prepared from a common synthetic intermediate, compound 40.







Example 4
Preparation of 1-((6aR,8R,9R,9aR)-9-allyl-9-hydroxy-2,2,4,4-tetraisopropyltetrahydro-6H-furo[3,2-f][1,3,5,2,4]trioxadisilocin-8-yl)pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione, 40.
Steps 1-2. Compound 39




Preparation of compound 39 was accomplished according to literature method (Babu, B et al. Org Biomol. Chem. (2003) 1: 3514-3526). A mixture of uracil (0.74 g, 6.59 mmol) and (NH4)2SO4 (20 mg) in HMDS was refluxed for 4 h and the clear solution was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in MeCN (60 mL). To the solution was added a solution of compound 37 (2.0 g, 3.3 mmol) followed by SnCl4 (1 M in CH2Cl2 (8.24 mmol, 8.24 mL) at room temperature and the solution was heated at 65° C. for 3 h. The solution was poured into ice-water containing excess NaHCO3 and EtOAc (200 mL). Organic solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (19-60% EtOAc in hexanes) to give compound 38 (1.50 g, 76%) as white foam.
A suspension of compound 38 (2.5 g, 4.19 mmol) in 7N methanolic ammonia (40 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h and the solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-20% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 39 (1.0 g, 83%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 7.96 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 5.89 (m, 1H), 5.68 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 4H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.23 (m, 1H).
Step 3. Preparation of Compound 40




To a solution of 39 (0.60 g, 2.11 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) and CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added TIPSCl at 0° C. within 10 min. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL). The solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give product 40 (1.00 g, 90%) as a syrup.
Example 5
Preparation of 1-((5R,6R,8R,9R)-9-hydroxy-8-(hydroxymethyl)-1,7-dioxaspiro[4.4]nonan-6-yl)pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione, 44 (2′-spiro-THF-ribo-uracil)




Step 1. Preparation of Compound 41




To a solution of 40 (1.0 g, 1.9 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added borane-dimethylsulfide (2.85 mmol, 0.22 g) and the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h. To the cooled solution was added 2N NaOH (1.9 mL, 3.8 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-8% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give product 41 (0.45 g, 44%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.61 (D, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.71 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (m, 4H), 3.60 (m, 3H), 3.21 (s, 1H), 1.70 (m, 4H), 1.10 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 545 [M+H]+.
Steps 2-3. Preparation of Compound 43




To a solution of 41 (0.30 g, 0.55 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and pyridine (2 mL) was added a solution of MsCl (0.09 g, 0.83 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (1 mL) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Water (5 mL) was added and the mixture was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated to dryness and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give intermediate 42 (0.30 g, 87%). To THF (20 mL) was added NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.05 g, 2.01 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. To the mixture was added a solution of 42 (0.25 g, 0.40 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Water (1 mL) was added followed by addition of EtOAc (100 mL). The mixture was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-50% EtOAc in hexanes) to give compound 43 (0.17 g, 80%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (s, 1H), 5.68 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (m, 5H), 1.90 (m, 4H), 1.05 (m, 12H). LC-MS (ESI): 527 [M+H]+.
Step 4. Preparation of Compound 44




A mixture of 43 (0.05 g, 0.09 mmol) and NH4F (100 mg) and catalytic TBAF in MeOH (10 mL) was refluxed for 5 h and the solvent was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 44 (0.02 g, 93%) as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 8.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (s, 1H), 5.68 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (m, 6H), 1.95 (m, 4H). LC-MS (ESI): 284 [M+H]+.
Example 6
Preparation of 1-((4R,5R,7R,8R)-8-hydroxy-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-5-yl)pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione, 48 (2′-spiro-oxetane-ribo-uracil)




Step 1. Preparation of Compound 45




To a solution of 40 (0.25 g, 0.47 mmol) in THF (5 mL), t-BuOH (50 mL) and water (0.8 mL) was added OsO4 (0.5 mL, 2.5% in t-BuOH) followed by addition of NMO (0.5 mL, 50% in water) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was co-evaporated with EtOH (20 mL) twice. The residue was dissolved in THF (8 mL) and water (2 mL). To the mixture was added NaIO4 (0.29 g, 1.34 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. To the mixture was added MeOH (10 mL). To the mixture was added NaBH4 (3 mol eq) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. EtOAc (10 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min. Solid was filtered off. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 45 (0.16 g, 69%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC3) δ: 9.35 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.71 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (m, 8H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.00 (m, 12H). LC-MS (ESI): 531 [M+H]+.
Steps 2-3. Preparation of Compound 47




To a solution of 45 (0.25 g, 0.47 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and pyridine (2 mL) was added MsCl (0.10 g, 0.94 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Water (2 mL) was added and the solution was evaporated to dryness. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the organic solution was washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0.80% EtOAc in hexanes) to give intermediate 46 which was dissolved in THF (10 mL). The solution was added into a mixture of NaH (130 mg, 60% mineral oil) in THF (10 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and poured into EtOAc (100 mL). The organic solution was washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-80% EtOAc in hexanes) to give compound 47 (0.054 g, 64%). δH (CDC3): 8.87 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 5.68 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.21 (d, J=13.6 Hz. 1H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 1.10 (m, 12H). LC-MS (ESI): 513 [M+H]+.
Step 4. Preparation of Compound 48




To a solution of 47 (0.07 g, 0.14 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added NH4F (100 mg) and the mixture was refluxed for 3 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-12% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 48. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 7.93 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 5.67 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H). LC-MS (ESI): 270 [M+H]+.
II. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Cytosine Analogs
Examples 7-10 describe procedures for converting a protected 3′-5′-2′-spiro-uracil derivative to its corresponding cytidine derivative, as shown by the following equation.
















 










Ex
Starting Material




Product





12
43




49


 


13
31




50


 


14
35




51


 


15
47




52









Example 7
Preparation of 4-amino-1-((5R,6R,8R,9R)-9-hydroxy-8-(hydroxymethyl)-1,7-dioxaspiro[4.4]nonan-6-yl)pyrimidin-2(1H)-one, 49. (2′-spiro-THF-ribo-cytidine)




To a solution of compound 43 (0.08 g, 0.14 mmol) in MeCN (10 mL) was added DMAP (0.02 g, 0.14 mmol) and Et3N (0.07 g, 0.71 mmol) followed by addition of TsCl (0.08 g, 0.43 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To the solution was added NH4OH (30%, 2 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Solvent was evaporated to dryness and the residue was co-evaporated with toluene twice to give crude cytosine analog which was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and pyridine (1 mL). To the solution was added BzCl (0.1 mL, 0.86 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Water (5 mL) was added and the mixture was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL) and the solution was washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-60% EtOAc in hexanes) to give N-benzoylcytosine analog which was dissolved in THF (10 mL). To the solution was added TBAF (0.12 g, 0.48 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column (0-8% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give N-benzoyl nucleoside which was dissolved in 7N NH3 in MeOH (8 mL) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column (0-30% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give product 49 (0.09 g, 56% from 43). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 8.09 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 5.87 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (m, 6H), 2.80 (m, 4H). LC-MS (ESI): 284 [M+H]+.
Example 8
Preparation of 4-amino-1-((5S,6R,8R,9R)-9-hydroxy-8-(hydroxymethyl)-1,7-dioxaspiro[4.4]nonan-6-yl)pyrimidin-2(1H)-one, 50(2′-spiro-THF-cytidine)




Compound 50 is prepared from compound 31 using a procedure that is analogous to that described in Example 7.
Data for 50: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=7.65 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05-7.19 (m, 2H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 5.68 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.86-4.92 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.70 (m, 4H), 3.35-3.38 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.24 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.85 (m, 3H). LC-MS(ESI): m/z 283.9 [M+1]+. HRMS(TOF-ESI): Calc. For C12H18N3O5, 284.1241. found 285.1235.
Example 9
Preparation of 4-amino-1-((4S,5R,7R,8R)-8-hydroxy-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-5-yl)pyrimidin-2(1H)-one, 51 (2′-spiro-oxetane-ara-cytidine)




Compound 51 is prepared from compound 35 using a procedure that is analogous to that described in Example 7.
Data for 51: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.55 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.20 (m, 2H), 6.16 (s, 1H), 5.76 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.91-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.63 (m, 3H), 2.87-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.47 (m, 1H). LC-MS(ESI): m/z 269.9 [M+1]+. HRMS (TOF-ESI): Calc. For C11H16N3O5, 270.1084. found 270.1081.
Example 10
Preparation of 4-amino-1-((4R,5R,7R,8R)-8-hydroxy-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-5-yl)pyrimidin-2(1H)-one, 52 (2′-spiro-oxetane-THF-cytidine)




Compound 52 is prepared from compound 47 using a procedure that is analogous to that described in Example 7.
Data for 52: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 8.097.98 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 5.87 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (m, 2H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.74 (m, 2H), 2.54 (m, 2H). LC-MS (ESI): 270 [M+H]+.
III. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Ara- and 2′-Spiro-Ribo Guanosine Analogs
A. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Ara-Guanosine Analogs
Example 11
Preparation of (5S,6R,8R,9R)-6-(2-amino-6-methoxy-9H-purin-9-yl)-8-(hydroxymethyl)-1,7-dioxaspiro[4.4]nonan-9-ol, 62(2′-spiro-THF-ara-(2-amino-6-methoxy-purine) analogs)




Step 1. Preparation of Compound 54




To a solution of compound 53 (20.0 g, 66.29 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (400 mL) was added NaOMe (3.58 g, 66.29 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was heated to reflux for 12 h. The solution was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to give a crude compound 54. (18.0 g, 91.14%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=8.09 (s, 1H), 5.75 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.41-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.02-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.86-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.62 (dd, J=12.0 Hz, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.52 (dd, J=12.0 Hz, 4.0 Hz, 1H).
Step 2. Preparation of Compound 55




To a solution of compound 54 (18.0 g, 60.55 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (200 mL) was added TIPSCl (22.9 g, 72.66 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL). The solution was washed with H2O, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to give a crude 55 which was used for next step without further purification. (16.6 g, 50.8%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=7.94 (s, 1H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 5.76 (s, 1H), 5.63 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.38-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.00-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.91-3.97 (m, 1H), 0.94-1.04 (m, 28H).
Step 3. Preparation of Compound 56




To a solution of compound 55 (16.6 g, 30.8 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (200 mL) was added Et3N (6.45 mL, 46.2 mmol) and TMSCl (4.99 g, 46.2 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred room temperature for 10 h and the solution was washed with H2O, dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc=5:1) to give intermediate (16.5 g, 87.53%) which was dissolved in pyridine (150 mL). To the solution was added solution of CH3COCl (1.92 ml, 26.96 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) at 0° C. and the solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (200 mL). The organic solution was washed with H2O, dried with Na2SO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc=5:1) to give the compound 56 (11.0 g, 62.5%).
Step 4. Preparation of Compound 57




To a solution of compound 56 (11.0 g, 17.65 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) was added p-TsOH (1.1 g, 6.39 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL). The solution was washed with H2O and dried with Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanse:EtOAc=5:1) to give compound 57 (8.0 g, 77.9%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=10.39 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 5.61 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.49-4.51 (m, 2H), 4.07-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.94 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 0.94-1.04 (m, 28H).
Step 5. Preparation of Compound 58




To a stirred solution of CrO3 (2.58 g, 25.8 mmol), anhydrous pyridine (4.18 mL, 51.6 mmol) and Ac2O (2.47 mL, 25.8 mmol) was added a solution of compound 57 (5.0 g, 8.61 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 mL). The mixture was stirred 60 min and filtered through a short silica gel column. The filtrate was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc=3:1) to give compound 58 (3.0 g, 60.0%)
Step 6. Preparation of Compound 59




To a solution of compound 58 (3.0 g, 5.18 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added solution of allylmagnesium bromide (10.36 mL, 10.36 mmol) at −78° C. and the mixture was stirred for 2 h at the same temperature. Then the temperature was raised to −10° C. and the reaction was quenched with H2O. The mixture was extracted with DCM. The organic solution was dried with Na2SO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc=3:1) to give compound 59 (2.0 g, 62.5%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=10.36 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 5.82-5.90 (m, 1H), 5.49 (s, 1H), 5.01-5.20 (m, 2H), 4.46 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.97-4.06 (m, 3H), 2.48-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 0.94-1.04 (m, 28H).
Step 7. Preparation of Compound 60




To a solution of 59 (1.20 g, 2.07 mmol) in THF (60 mL) was added BH3.SMe2 (0.5 mL, excess) and the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. To the solution was added an additional BH3.SMe2 (0.5 mL, excess) and the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. To the resulting solution was added 2N NaOH (2 mL) followed by the addition of H2O2 (30%, 2 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. To the mixture was added additional 2N NaOH (2 mL) followed by the addition of H2O2 (30%, 2 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. EtOAc (200 mL) was added and the mixture was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column (0-80% EtOAc in hexanes) to give product 60 (0.28 g, 22.7%) as foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz CDCl3): 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 6.41 (br s, 1H), 6.15 (s. 1H), 5.00 (br s, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.81 (J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.47 (m, 1H), 2.28-1.98 (m, 7H), 1.08 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 640 [M+H]+.
Step 8. Preparation of Compound 61




To a solution of compound 60 (0.28 g, 0.44 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) was added MsCl (0.3 mL, 3.88 mmol), and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Water (10 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed and the residue was used for the next reaction without purification.
To a solution of the mesylate obtained above in THF (30 mL) was added NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.3 g, 7.5 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Water (10 mL) was added slowly. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL). To the solution was added NH4F (0.20 g, 5.40 mmol) and the mixture was heated at reflux for 5 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column (0-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give product 61. (0.20 g, 47.8%). 1NMR (400 MHz CD3OD): 8.8.46 (s, 1H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 4.20 (m, 4H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.85 (m, 2H), 3.71 (m, 1H), 3.34 (m, 1H), 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.86 (m, 3H). LC-MS (ESI): 380 [M+H]+.
Step 9. Preparation of Compound 62




To a solution of compound 61 (0.08 g, 0.21 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added NaOMe (4.8 M, 0.4 mL) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give a solid which was recrystallized from MeOH in EtOAc to product 62 as white solid (0.04 g, 56%). 1NMR (400 MHz CD3OD): 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.07 (s, 1H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 4.91 (m, 1H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.61 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): 338 [M+H]+.
Example 12
Preparation of (4S,5R,7R,8R)-5-(2-amino-6-methoxy-9H-purin-9-yl)-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol, 66 (2′-spiro-oxtane-ara-(2-amino-6-methoxy-purine) analog)




Step 1. Preparation of Compound 64




To a solution of compound 63 (1.7 g, 2.74 mmol) in DCM (250 mL) was bubbled with O3 and the solution was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h. To the solution were added Me2S (1 mL) and NaBH4 (0.104 g, 2.74 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred overnight and extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic solution was dried with Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc=1:1) to give compound 64 (0.8 g, 47.06%).
Step 2. Preparation of Compound 65




A solution of MsCl (0.22 g, 1.92 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (3 mL) was added to a solution of 64 (0.80 g, 1.28 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (5.0 ml) drop-wise at room temperature and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. Methanol (5.0 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was co-evaporated with anhydrous toluene (2×5 mL) and purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexanes:EtOAc=3:1) to give the mesylate (0.50 g, 55.6%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC3): δ=8.15 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 4.66-4.69 (m, 2H), 4.51 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 4.05-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.87 (m, 1H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.24 (m, 1H), 0.94-1.04 (m, 28H).
To a stirred suspension of NaH (113.8 mg, 2.84 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) was added a solution of the mesylate (0.50 g, 0.71 mmol) in THF (5 mL) drop-wise at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of ice-cold H2O (10 mL) slowly and the mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×20 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give 2′-oxetane-intermediate (0.4 g, 92.6%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=8.48 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 4.86 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.14 (s, 3H), 3.98-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.34 (m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.45-2.52 (m, 1H), 0.94-1.04 (m, 28H).
To a stirred solution of 2′-oxetane-intermediate (400 mg, 0.658 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (50 mL) was added NaOMe (71.28 mg, 1.32 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The solution was evaporated to give compound 65 (0.3 g, 92.6%).
Step 3. Preparation of Compound 66




To a stirred solution of 65 (300 mg, 0.53 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (30 mL) was added NH4F (39.28 mg, 1.06 mmol) at room temperature and the solution was heated to refluxed for 10 h. The solution was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CH2Cl2:MeOH=20:1) to provide compound 66 (36.0 mg, 21.05%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=7.94 (s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 2H), 6.09 (s, 1H), 5.92 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.94-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.59 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.37 (m, 1H). HRMS (TOF-ESI): Calc. For C13H17N5O5, 324.1308. found 324.1306.
B. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Ribo-Guanosine Analogs
Example 13
Preparation of (5R,6R,8R,9R)-6-(2-amino-6-methoxy-9H-purin-9-yl)-8-(hydroxymethyl)-1,7-dioxaspiro[4.4]nonan-9-ol, 72 (2′-spiro-THF-ribo-(2-amino-6-methoxy-purine) analog)




Step 1. Preparation of Compound 67




To a precooled (0° C.) solution of compound 37 (4.00 g, 6.59 mmol) and 6-chloroguanine (1.68 g, 9.89 mmol) in MeCN (80 mL) were added DBN (2.46 g, 19.78 mmol) then TMSOTf (5.86 g, 26.38 mmol), and the solution was heated at 65° C. for 5 h then room temperature for 16 h. The solution was cooled to room temperature and poured into a mixture of EtOAc (300 mL) and excess NaHCO3 with ice. Organic solution was washed with NaHCO3, brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (5-60% EtOAc in hexanes) to give compound 67 (3.2 g, 74%). 1NMR (400 MHz CD3OD): δ: 8.18-7.25 (m, 16 Hz), 6.73 (s, 1H), 5.40 (m, 3H), 5.12 (m, 2H), 4.82 (m, 1H), 4.74 (m, 3H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.52 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): 654 [M+H]+.
Step 2. Preparation of Compound 68




To a mixture of compound 67 (3.20 g, 4.89 mmol) in MeOH (80 mL) was added 25% NaOMe in MeOH 1.86 g, 48.92 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give product 68 as white solid. 1NMR (400 MHz CD3OD): δ: 8.13 (s, 1H), 5.97 (s, 1H), 5.67 (m, 1H), 4.77 (m, 1H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.13-3.83 (m, 6H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): 338 [M+H]+.
Step 3. Preparation of Compound 69




To a solution of compound 68 (1.33 g, 3.94 mmol) in pyridine (20 mL) was added TIPSCl (1.37 g, 4.34 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue re-dissolved in EtOAc (400 mL) and the solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give intermediate (1.30 g, 57%). 1NMR (400 MHz CD3OD): δ: 7.757 (s, 1H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 5.66 (m, 1H), 4.88 (m, 1H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 4.73 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m, 7H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 1.07 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 450 [M+H]+. To a solution of the intermediate in pyridine (10 mL) and CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added benzoyl chloride (0.63 g, 4.48 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. Water (10 mL) was added and the solution was evaporated to give a residue which was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL). Organic solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 69 (1.50 g, 98%) as foam. δH (CD3OD): 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.78 (m, 6H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 5.72 (m, 1H), 5.00 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.10 (m, 5H), 2.32 (m, 1H), 2.20 (m, 1H), 1.05 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 684 [M+H]+.
Step 4. Preparation of Compound 70




To a solution of compound 69 (0.20 g, 0.29 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added BH3.SMe2 (0.15 g, 1.46 mmol) and the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h. To the solution was added 2N NaOH (2N, 1 mL) then H2O2 (0.5 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-100% EtOAc in hexanes) to give compound 70 (0.07 g, 33%). 1NMR (400 MHz CD3OD): δ: 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.65 (m, 5H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 4.47 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (m, 2H), 4.10 (m, 4H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 1.83 (m, 1H), 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.27 (m, 1H), 1.10 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 702 [M+H]+.
Step 5. Preparation of Compound 71




To a solution of compound 70 (0.05 g, 0.07 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and pyridine (0.5 mL) was added MsCl (0.1 mL g, excess) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added to the reaction. The mixture was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was co-evaporated with toluene twice to give mesylate. To a solution of the mesylate in THF (10 mL) was added NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.06 g, 1.50 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the organic solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL). To the solution was added NH4F (0.10 g, 2.75 mmol) and the mixture was refluxed at 60 OC for 4 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give product 71 (0.023 g, 74% from 70) as white solid. 1NMR (400 MHz CD3OD): δ: 8.63 (s, 1H), 7.80 (m, 5H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 4.59 (m, 1H), 4.00 (m, 9H), 1.94 (m, 3H), 1.36 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): 440 [M+H]+.
Step 6. Preparation of Compound 72




To a solution of 71 (0.03 g, 0.07 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added NaOMe (0.11 g, 2.00 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give nucleoside 72 (0.02 g, 87%) as white solid. 1NMR (400 MHz CD3OD): δ: 8.24 (s, 1H), 5.97 (s, 1H), 4.36 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (m, 8H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.34 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): 338 [M+H]+.
The corresponding guanosine derivative of 72 is prepared in a manner analogous to Example 15.
Example 14
Preparation of (4R,5R,7R,8R)-5-(2-amino-6-methoxy-9H-purin-9-yl)-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol, 76 (2′-spiro-oxetane-ribo-(2-amino-6-methoxy-purine) analog)




Step 1. Preparation of Compound 74




To a mixture of compound 73 (0.30 g. 0.44 mmol) in THF (6 mL), t-Butanol (6 mL) and water (1 mL) was added 0.25% OsO4 in t-Butanol (0.5 mL) followed by addition of 50% NMO (0.2 mL, 0.85 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was co-evaporated with toluene twice to give diol as a mixture of diastereomers which was dissolved in THF (10 mL). To the solution was added water (1 mL) followed by addition of NaIO4 (excess) portion-wise until starting material disappeared at room temperature for 3 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (10 mL) and EtOH (10 mL). To the pre-cooled solution at 0° C. was added NaBH4 (50.16 mg, 1.32 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 74 (0.14 g, 43% from 73). 1NMR (400 MHz CDCl3): δ: 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.70 (m, 5H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 4.15 (m, 9H), 1.28 (m, 2H), 1.15 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 688 [M+H]+.
Step 2. Preparation of Compound 75




To a solution of compound 74 (0.33 g, 0.47 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (30 mL) and pyridine (3 mL) was added MsCl (0.11 g, 0.94 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Water (10 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-100% EtOAc in hexanes) to give mesylate (0.30 g, 82%). δH (CDCl3): 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.65 (m, 5), 6.14 (s, 1H), 4.80 (s, 1H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.16 (s, 3H), 4.10 (m, 3H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.05 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 766 [M+H]. To a solution of mesylate (0.20 g, 0.26 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added NaH (60% mineral oil, 110 mg, 2.75 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was poured into EtOAc (100 mL) and the solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-80% EtOAc in hexanes) to give oxetane-intermediate (0.15 g, 57%). 1NMR (400 MHz CDCl3): δ: 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.65 (m, 5H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 4.59 (m, 1H), 4.46 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (s, 3H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 2H), 1.09 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 686 [M+H]+.
To the solution of the oxetane-intermediate in MeOH (10 mL) was added NH4F (1.3 mmol, 46.8 mg) and the mixture was heated at 60° C. for 5 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 75 (0.05 g, 43% from 74) as white solid. LC-MS (ESI): 428 [M+H]+.
Step 3. Preparation of compound 76




A solution of compound 75 (0.20 g, 0.45 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added NaOMe (4.8 M, 0.8 mL) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 76 (0.10 g, 69%). 1NMR (400 MHz CD3OD): δ: 8.15 (s, 1H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 4.50 (m, 3H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 2.57 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): 324 [M+H]+.
Example 15
Preparation of 2-amino-9-((4R,5R,7R,8R)-8-hydroxy-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-5-yl)-1H-purin-6(9H)-one, 77 (2′-spiro-oxetane-ribo-guanosine)




To a solution of compound 76 (0.04 g, 0.12 mmol) in MOPS buffer (0.1 M, 10 mL) was added adenosine deaminase (2.0 mg) and the solution was kept at 37° C. for 2 days. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-30% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give a crude compound 77 which was recrystallized from MeOH to remove crystalline of phosphate salt from buffer. The residue was re-dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) and formic acid (1 mL) was added. The solution was evaporated and the residue was co-evaporated with toluene twice. The resulting solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-30% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give product 77 as white solid (0.02 g, 65%). 1NMR (400 MHz CD3OD): δ: 8.04 (s, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.36 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.33 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): 310 [M+H]+.
IV. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Ara- and 2′-Spiro-Ribo-Adenine Analogs
A. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Ara-Adenine Analogs
Example 16
Preparation of (4S,5R,7R,8R)-5-(6-amino-9H-purin-9-yl)-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol, 87




Compound 87 is prepared using an eight-step reaction sequence that begins with adenine (78).
Step 1: Preparation of Compound 79




Compound 78 (30.0 g, 112.26 mmol) was dried by co-evaporation with anhydrous pyridine three times and dissolved in dry pyridine (400 mL). To the solution was added TMSCl (60.98 g, 561.3 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 1 h at 0° C. To the resulting solution was added benzoyl chloride (78.9 g, 561.3 mmol) dropwise and the mixture was stirred 3 h at room temperature. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and H2O (120 mL) was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 0.5 h. NH3.H2O (30%, 230 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 h. Solid was collected by filtration and washed with H2O and EtOAc to give crude product 79. (38.0 g, 91.6%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.62-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.53-757 (m, 2H), 6.05 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (dd, J=7.6 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, 4.0 Hz, 1H),
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 80




To a solution of compound 79 (38.0 g, 102.33 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (200 mL) was added TIPSCl (38.7 g, 122.8 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 20 h at room temperature. Solvent was removed under reduce pressure and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL). The solution was washed with H2O and the solvent was removed to give 80 which was used for next step without further purification. (45.0 g, 71.62%)
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 81




To a stirred solution of CrO3 (20.0 g, 32.58 mmol), anhydrous pyridine (15.8 mL, 195.48 mmol) and Ac2O (9.5 mL, 97.74 mmol) was added a solution of compound 80 (20.0 g, 32.58 mmol) in CH2Cl2. (100 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 60 min. The solution was passed through a short silica gel column. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:EtOAc=3:1) to give compound 81 (4.0 g, 21.2%)
Step 4: Preparation of Compound 82




To a solution of compound 81 (4.0 g, 6.9 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added a solution of allylmagnesium bromide (13.82 mL, 3.82 mmol) at −78° C. and the resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours at the same temperature. Then the temperature was increased to −10° C. and the reaction mixture was quenched with H2O and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried with Na2SO4 and solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purificated by silica gel column chromatography. (hexane:EtOAc=2:1) to give compound 82 (1.6 g, 35.5%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 11.20 (s, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.65 (m, 3H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 5.82-5.95 (m, 1H), 5.55 (s, 1H), 515-5.23 (m, 1H), 5.02-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.60 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.85-4.10 (m, 3H), 2.55-2.60 (m, 2H), 0.94-1.04 (m, 28H),
Step 5: Preparation of Compound 83




To a solution of compound 82 (1.6 g, 2.45 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was bubbled with O3 at −78° C. and the solution was stirred at the same temperature for 3 h. To the solution was added 1 ml of Me2S followed by addition of NaBH4 (92.5 mg, 2.45 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred overnight. The solution was washed with H2O and the solvent was removed to give a crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:EtOAc=1:1) to give compound 83 (1.0 g, 62.1%).
Step 6: Preparation of Compound 84




A solution of MsCl (0.349 g, 3.04 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (3 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of nucleoside 83 (1.0 g, 1522 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (5.0 mL) at room temperature. After stirring for 12 h, methanol (5.0 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was co-evaporated with anhydrous toluene (2×5 mL) then dissolved in CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The solution was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×25 mL). The combined aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and solvent was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give compound 84 which was used for the next reaction without further purification.
Step 7: Preparation of Compound 85




To a stirred suspension of NaH (180 mg, 4.50 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) was added a solution of compound 84 (1.0 g, 1.50 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 0° C. After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, ice-water (10 mL) was slowly added. CH2Cl2 (50 mL) was added and the separated organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×20 mL). The combined aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (25 mL). The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to provide 85 which was used for the next reaction without further purification.
Step 8: Preparation of Compound 86




To a stirred solution of compound 85 (1.0 g, 1.55 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (50 mL) was added NaOMe (0.5 g, 9.26 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The solution was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to give crude product 86.
Step 9: Preparation of Compound 87




To a stirred solution of compound 86 (0.8 g, 1.49 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (30 mL) was added NH4F (550 mg, 14.9 mmol) and the mixture was heated at reflux for 10 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to give a crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CH2Cl2:MeOH=20:1) to provide compound 87 (36.0 mg, 21.05%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 5.90 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.30 (m, 2H), 3.92-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.70-374 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.66 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.49 (m, 1H). HRMS(TOF-ESI): Calc. For C12H16N5O4, 294.1197. found 294.1194.
Example 17
Preparation of (5S,6R,8R,9R)-6-(6-amino-9H-purin-9-yl)-8-(hydroxymethyl)-1,7-dioxaspiro[4.4]nonan-9-ol (94)




In the preparation of 94, it is possible to forego protection of the 6-amino-purine, which means that 94 can be prepared from adenine (78) using a seven-step sequence.
Step 1: Preparation of Compound 88




To a solution of compound 78 (30.0 g, 112.0 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (200 mL) was added TIPSCl (342.5 g, 113.5 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred overnight and the solvent was removed under reduce pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL). The solution was washed with H2O and the solvent was removed to give 88 which was used for next reaction without further purification.
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 89




To a solution of CrO3 (21.2 g, 212 mmol), anhydrous pyridine (32.42 mL, 414 mmol) and Ac2O (20.3 ml, 212 mmol) was added compound 88 (54.0 g, 106 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for 1 h and passed through a short silica gel column. The solvent was removed and the residue was co-evaporation with anhydrous toluene twice to give a crude compound 89 which was used for the next reaction without further purification.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 90




To a solution of compound 89 (31.0 g, 61.1 mmol) in THF (300 mL) was added a solution of allylmagnesium bromide (122 mL, 122 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at −78° C. and the solution was stirred for 2 h at the same temperature. The temperature was then raised to −10° C. and the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of NH4Cl solution and the mixture was extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purificated by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:EtOAc=3:1) to give product 90 (8.0 g, 23.8%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.28 (s, 2H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 5.82-5.92 (m, 1H), 5.44 (s, 1H), 5.12-5.19 (m, 1H), 5.01-5.08 (m, 1H), 4.56 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.96-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.89 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.55 (m, 2H), 0.94-1.04 (m, 28H),
Step 4: Preparation of Compound 91




To a solution of compound 90 (2.0 g, 3.64 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added a solution of BH3 (1.82 mL, 18.2 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred for 2 h at the same temperature. To the solution was added a mixture of H2O2 (4.13 mL, 36.4 mmol) and NaOH (9.1 mL, 18.2 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and extracted with DCM. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:EtOAc=1:1) to give product 91 (0.6 g, 29%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.30 (s, 2H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 4.52-4.59 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.49 (m, 1H), 3.96-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.95-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.84 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.60 (m, 2H), 0.94-1.04 (m, 28H),
Step 5: Preparation of Compound 92




A solution of MsCl (0.058 g, 0.51 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (5.0 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of nucleoside 91 (0.24 g, 0.42 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (5.0 mL) at room temperature. After stirring for 12 h, methanol (5.0 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was co-evaporated with anhydrous toluene (2×5 mL). The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) and the solution was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×25 mL). The combined aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give crude product 92 which was used for the next reaction without further purification.
Step 6: Preparation of Compound 93




To a stirred suspension of NaH (112 mg, 2.79 mmol) in anhydrous THF was added a solution of compound 92 (0.45 g, 0.697 mmol) in THF dropwise at 0° C. After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, ice-water (10 mL) was slowly added and the mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2. The separated organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×20 mL). The combined aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (25 mL) and the combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to provide 93 (330 mg, 86.1%) for the next reaction without further purification.
Step 7: Preparation of Compound 94




To a stirred solution of compound 93 (0.25 g, 0.45 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (20 mL) was added NH4F (200 mg, 5.4 mmol) and the mixture was heated at reflux for 10 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (CH2Cl2:MeOH=20:1) to give 94 (53.4 mg, 38.7%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.28 (s, 2H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 5.69 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.72-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.69 (m, 3H), 3.18-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.34 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.64 (m, 1H). HRMS (TOF-ESI): Calc. For C13H18N5O4+, 308.1359. found 308.1347.
B. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Ribo-Adenine Analogs
Example 18
Preparation of (4R,5R,7R,8R)-5-(6-amino-9H-purin-9-yl)-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol (100)




Step 1. Preparation of Compound 95




A mixture of N6-benzoyladenine (3.14 g, 13.19 mmol) in HMDS (30 mL) with (NH4)SO4 (50 mg) was heated at 140° C. for 4 h. Solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in MeCN (50 mL). To the solution was added a solution of sugar 37 in MeCN (30 mL). To the resulting solution was added SnCl4 (39.57 mml, 1M, 39.57 mL) in CH2Cl2 at 0° C. and the solution was stirred at 60° C. for 4 h. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and poured into ice-water, excess NaHCO3 and EtOAc (200 mL) with stirring. Organic solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (10-70% EtOAc in hexane) to give compound 95 as foam (1.95 g, 41%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC3) δ: 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.35-8.20 (m, 20H), 6.53 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (m, 1H), 4.68-5.00 (m, 4H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.65 (m, 1H). m/z: 724 (M+1).
Step 2. Preparation of Compound 96




A solution of compound 95 (1.9 g, 2.63 mmol) in methanolic ammonia (7N, 50 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 96 (0.47 g, 53%) as white solid. LC-MS (ESI): 308 [M+H]+.
Step 3. Preparation of Compound 97




To a solution of compound 96 (0.58 g, 1.84 mmol) in pyridine (50 mL) were added TIPSCl dropwise and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h and room temperature for 16 h. Water (10 mL) was added and the mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL). The solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 97 (0.65 g, 77%) as white foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 5.97 (s, 1H), 5.70 (m, 1H), 5.56 (s, 2H), 5.04 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.03 (dd, J=3.2, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (s, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.20 (m, 4H), 1.07 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 550 [M+H]+.
Step 4. Preparation of Compound 98




To a solution of compound 97 (0.25 g, 0.45 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) was added BzCl (3 eq) and the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h and room temperature for 2 h. To the solution was added 30% NH4OH (1 mL) slowly. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was co-evaporated with toluene twice. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-8% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 98 (0.10 g, 34%) as white solid. LC-MS (ESI): 654 [M+H]+.
Step 5. Preparation of Compound 6




To a solution of compound 98 (0.12 g, 0.19 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and t-BuOH (5 mL) and water (1 mL) was added 0.025% OsO4 in t-BuOH (0.5 mL) and NMO (50%, 0.3 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was co-evaporated with EtOH twice. The residue was dissolved in THF (10 mL) and water (1 mL). To the solution was added NaIO4 (10 eq) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. Solid was filtered and the filtrate was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (5 mL) and EtOH (5 mL). To the solution was added NaBH4 (5 eq) and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h. The mixture was poured into EtOAc (100 mL) and the solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatograph (0.8% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 99 (0.10 g, 80%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 7.48-8.04 (m, 5H), 6.18 (s, 1H), 4.85 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (dd, J=4.4, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.07 (dd, J=2.8, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (m, 2H), 3.65 (s, 1H), 3.28 (brs, 1H), 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.42 (m, 1H), 1.06-1.20 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 658 [M+H]+.
Step 6. Preparation of Compound 100




To a solution of compound 99 (0.20 g, 0.30 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) was added MsCl (0.1 mL) and the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h.
Water (5 mL) was added followed by addition of EtOAc (100 mL). The mixture was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed and the residue was co-evaporated with toluene twice. The resulting mesylate was dissolved in dry THF (10 mL). To the solution was added NaH (100 mg, 2.5 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the mixture was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL). To the solution was added butylamine (1 mL) and NH4F (100 mg) and the mixture was refluxed for 5 h. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 100 as white solid (0.04 g, 45.5%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.35 (brs, 2H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 5.51 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, OH), 5.14 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H, OH), 4.37 (m, 2H), 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 2.12 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): 294 [M+H]+
Example 19
Preparation of (5R,6R,8R,9R)-6-(6-amino-9H-purin-9-yl)-8-(hydroxymethyl)-1,7-dioxaspiro[4.4]nonan-9-ol (5)




Step 1. Preparation of Compound 97




To a solution of compound 96 (0.58 g, 1.84 mmol) in pyridine (50 mL) were added TIPSCl dropwise and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h and room temperature for 16 h. Water (10 mL) was added and the mixture was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL) and the solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 97 as white foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 98.31 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 5.97 (s, 1H), 5.71 (m, 1H), 5.56 (brs, 2H), 5.045 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (d, J=10.04 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.03 (dd, J=3.2, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (s, 1H), 2.30 (m, 1H), 2.07 (m, 1H), 1.00-1.25 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 550 [M+H]+.
Step 2. Preparation of Compound 101




To a solution of compound 97 (0.10 g, 0.18 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added BH3—SMe2 (0.3 mL) and the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h. To the solution was added H2O2 (1 mL) then 2 N NaOH (1 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the organic solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 101 (0.02 g, 24%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 5.99 (brs, 2H), 4.81 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.72 (brs, 1H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m, 1H), 1.37 (m, 1H), 0.93-1.21 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 568 [M+H]+.
Step 3. Preparation of Compound 102




To a solution of compound 101 (0.09 g, 0.16 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) was added TMSCl (0.1 mL) and the solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. To the solution was added BzCl (0.1 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and room temperature for 4 h. 30% NH4OH (3 mL) was added and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL). To the solution was added 30% NH4OH (1 mL) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 102 (0.07 g, 62%) as foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.50-8.03 (m, 5H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 5.29 (s, 1H), 4.84 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (dd, J=4.8, 12.4H, 1H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 4.04 (dd, 3.2, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (brs, 1H), 5.37 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m, 1H), 1.31 (m, 1H), 0.98-1.21 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 672 [M+H]+.
Step 4. Preparation of Compound 103




To a solution of compound 102 (0.07 g, 0.10 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and pyridine (1 mL) was added MsCl at 0° C. and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. To the solution was added water (10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). Organic solution was dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed to give a crude mesylate which was dissolved in THF (10 mL). To the solution was added NaH (60% in mineral oil, 100 mg) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Water (2 mL) was added slowly then the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic solution was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed to give protected 2′-spironucleoside which was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL). To the solution was added NH4F (200 mg) and BuNH2 (1 mL) and the mixture was refluxed for 5 h. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 103 (20 mg, as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.84-4.12 (m, 5H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 1.30 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): 308 [M+H]+.
V. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Ribo-(6-Substituted-Purine) Analogs
6-Substituted purine nucleosides can be prepared from common intermediate, 6-chloropurine analogs as shown in the following scheme.




Treatment of compound 67 with methanolic ammonia gave free nucleoside 104. Selective protection of 3′,5′-diol of nucleoside with TIPSCl followed by N-benzoylation provided intermediate 106. Ozonolysis of compound 106 followed by reduction of the resulting aldehyde gave compound 107. Selective mesylation of compound 108 followed by cyclization in the presence of base, such as NaH, or NaHMDS, afforded 2′-oxetanyl compound 109. Treatment of compound 109 with TBAF provided the key intermediate for the 6-substitution. Treatment of 6-chloropurine intermediate with alcohol or amine or other nucleophile provided 6-substituted 2′-spironucleoside.
Example 20
Preparation of N-(6-chloro-9-((4R,5R,7R,8R)-8-hydroxy-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-5-yl)-9H-purin-2-yl)benzamide (110)
Step 1: Preparation of Compound 104




To a solution of compound 67 (6.5 g, 0.01 mol) in dry MeOH (50 mL) was added saturated NH3/MeOH solution (50 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was recrystallized in MeOH/EtOAc to give the pure desired compound 104 (2.3 g, 67%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.37 (s, 1H), 6.98 (s, 2H), 5.86 (s, 1H), 5.54-5.60 (m, 1H), 5.37 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s, 1H), 4.66 (dd, J=10.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.69 (m, 1H), 2.21 (dd, J=14.8, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.95 (dd, J=4.8 Hz, 7.2 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): 341 [M+H]+
Step 2: Preparation of Compound 105




Compound 104 (0.5 g, 1.4 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (10 mL) at 0° C. was stirred for 30 min until the solid was dissolved completely. To the solution was added TIPSCl (0.7 g, 2.2 mmol) dropwise and the stirring was continued at 0° C. for 3 h. Water (2 mL) was added and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The mixture was dissolved in EtOAc and the solution was washed with water, brine, and dried over MgSO4. Solvent was evaporated to give crude compound 105 (0.75 g, yield: 88%). LC-MS (ESI): 584 [M+H]+.
Step 3: Preparation of Compound 106




To a solution of compound 105 (0.75 g, 1.2 mmol) in a mixture of dry pyridine (15 mL) and CH2Cl2 (30 mL) was added BzCl (0.4 mL) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Water (10 mL) was added and the solution was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL) and the organic phase was washed with brine and dried over MgSO4. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-2% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 106 as foam (0.8 g, yield: 97%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 5.62-5.73 (m, 1H), 5.00 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.35 (m, 2H), 4.05 (s, 1H), 3.93 (dd, J1=12.4 Hz, J2=2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.30 (bs, 1H), 2.32-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.01-2.12 (m, 1H), 1.12-1.32 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.98 (m, 28H); LC-MS (ESI): 688 [M+H]+.
Step 4: Preparation of Compound 107




To a solution of compound 106 (0.8 g, 1.1 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) in a 250 mL three-neck flask was bubbled with O3 at −78° C. After color of reaction solution became blue, the reaction mixture was stirred for additional 5 min. Excess O3 was removed by bubbling N2 into the reaction mixture. EtOAc (30 mL) and ethanol (30 mL) was added. To the resulting solution was added NaBH4 (300 mg) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for additional 2 h. Additional EtOAc (300 mL) was added and the solution was washed with brine, water, and dried over MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-2% MeOH in DCM) to give compound 107 (0.40 g, 50%) as foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 4.56 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.40 (s, 1H), 4.10-4.31 (m 3H), 4.02-4.12 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.85 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.12 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.02-1.21 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 692 [M+H]+.
Step 5: Preparation of Compound 108




To a solution of compound 107 (3.2 g, 4.5 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added triethylamine (3 mL), then MsCl (1 g, 8.8 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. DCM (150 mL) was added to the solution and the organic phase was washed with brine, water, and dried over MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-2% MeOH in DCM) to give compound 108 as foam (3.3 g, yield: 94%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 4.90 (bs, 1H), 4.59 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (bs, 1H), 4.34 (dd, J1=12.8 Hz, J2=4 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.02 (dd, J1=12.8 Hz, J2=2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (s, 1H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.02-1.21 (m, 28H). LC-MS (ESI): 770 [M+H]+.
Step 6: Preparation of Compound 13




To a solution of compound 108 (2.8 g, 3.6 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added 2M NaHMDS (5 mL, 10 mmol) in one portion at −20° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h, during which the temperature rose to 0° C. gradually. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed with a solution of ammonium chloride three times. The solution was concentrated in vacuo to give crude compound 109 which was used for the next reaction without further purification. LC-MS (ESI): 692 [M+H]+.
Step 7: Preparation of 110




To a solution of compound 109 (2.4 g, 3.6 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added TBAF (1.2 g, 4.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH=60/1) to give compound 110 (1.3 g, 87%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.35 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 5.45 (bs, 1H), 5.01 (bs, 1H), 4.41-4.45 (m, 3H), 3.55-3.75 (m, 3H), 3.12-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.28 (m, 1H)). LC-MS (ESI): 432 [M+H]+.
Example 21
Preparation of (4R,5R,7R,8R)-5-(2-amino-6-(cyclopropylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol (111)




110 (800 mg, 1.85 mmol) in cyclopropylamine (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. To the solution were added MeOH (10 mL) and 5.4 M NaOMe (1.71 mL, 9.26 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0 to 20% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give 6-cyclopropylamino-nucleoside 111 (500 mg, 76%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 8.02 (s, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.53 (m, 2H), 4.43 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.77 (m, 2H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 0.83 (m, 2H), 0.60 (m, 2H). LCMS (ESI): 349 (M+H)+.
Example 22
(4R,5R,7R,8R)-5-(2-amino-6-(azetidin-1-yl)-9H-purin-9-yl)-7-(hydroxymethyl)-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol (112) was prepared




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 8.06 (s, 1H), 6.22 (s, 2H), 4.54 (m, 4H), 4.41 (m, 2H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.82 (m, 2H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 2.28 (m, 1H). LCMS (ESI): 349 (M+H)+.
VI. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Phosphoramidate Analogs
Examples 23-27 describe procedures for converting a corresponding -2′-spiro-nucleoside to its corresponding phosphoramidate, as shown by the following equation.
















 








 











Ex
Starting Material




B
Product





23
70




2-NH2-6-OMe-purine
113


 


24
32




Uracil
114


 


25
36




Uracil
115


 


26
44




Uracil
116


 


27
48




Uracil
117









Example 23
Preparation of (2S)-methyl 2-(((((4R,5R,7R,8R)-5-(2-amino-6-methoxy-9H-purin-9-yl)-8-hydroxy-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-7-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoryl)amino)propanoate, 113




To a pre-cooled solution of phenyl dichlorophosphate (2.1 g, 9.96 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (40 mL) was added L-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride (1.39 g, 9.96 mmol) followed by addition of Et3N (2.02 g, 19.92 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) slowly and the mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h then at room temperature for 16 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was filtered with Et2O (20 mL). Solvent was evaporated to give chlorophosphate reagent which was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) for the next reaction. To a mixture of compound 70 (0.02 g, 0.06 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) were added N-methylimidazole (0.2 mL) and a solution of above reagent (0.5 mL, 0.5 mmol), and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the mixture was washed with water, 1N HCl, aqueous NaHCO3 and brine, sequentially. Organic solution was dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-8% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give compound 113 (0.01 g, 41%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.69, 7.61 (ss, 1H), 7.25 (m, 5H), 6.18 (ss, 1H), 5.08 (ss, 2H), 4.60 (m, 3H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.06 (ss, 3H), 3.90 (m, 3H), 3.60 (ss, 3H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.18 (m, 1H), 1.32 (m, 3H). LC-MS (ESI): 565 [M+H]+.
Example 24
Preparation of (2S)-methyl 2-(((((5S,6R,8R,9R)-6-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1 (2H)-yl)-9-hydroxy-1,7-dioxaspiro[4.4]nonan-8-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoryl)amino)propanoate, 114




Compound 114 is prepared from 32 using a procedure analogous to Example 23. Data for 114: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.75 (s, 1H), 7.60, 7.52 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (m, 5H), 6.05, 6.04 (ss, 1H), 5.65, 5.58 (d, J=8.0, 1H), 4.35 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 4H), 3.80 (m, 4H), 3.72, 3.70 (ss, 3H), 2.39 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.36 (m, 3H). LC-MS (ESI): 525 [M+H].
Example 25
Preparation of (2S)-methyl 2-(((((4S,5R,7R,8R)-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1 (2H)-yl)-8-hydroxy-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-7-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoryl)amino)propanoate, 115




Compound 115 is prepared from 36 using a procedure analogous to Example 23.
Data for 115: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.30 (m, 6H), 6.12 (ss, 1H), 5.62 (m, 1H), 4.07, 4.113.80 (m, 8H), 3.74, 3.72 (ss, 3H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 1.37 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LC-MS (ESI): 512 [M+H]+.
Example 26
Preparation of (2S)-methyl 2-(((((5R,6R,8R,9R)-6-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1 (2H)-yl)-9-hydroxy-1,7-dioxaspiro[4.4]nonan-8-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoryl)amino)propanoate, 116




Compound 116 is prepared from 44 using a procedure analogous to Example 23. Data for 116: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.51, 8.40 (ss, 1H), 7.48, 7.42 (d, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, 5H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 5.62 (m, 1H), 4.48 (m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 6H), 3.73, 3.72 (ss, 3H), 2.83 (m, 1H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.69 (m, 1H), 1.37 (m, 3H). LC-MS (ESI): 526 [M+H]+.
Example 27
Preparation of (2S)-methyl 2-(((((4R,5R,7R,8R)-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1 (2H)-yl)-8-hydroxy-1,6-dioxaspiro[3.4]octan-7-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoryl)amino)propanoate, 117




Compound 117 is prepared from 48 using a procedure analogous to Example 23.
Data for 117: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 9.15, 9.07 (ss, 1H), 7.26 (m, 7H), 6.19, 6.15 (ss, 1H), 5.65 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 4H), 3.95 (m, 4H), 3.72, 3.70 (ss, 3H), 3.42 (s, 1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 1.35 (m, 3H). LC-MS (ESI): 512 [M+H]+.
VII. General Synthesis of Chiral Phosphoramidates




Example 29
General Procedure for preparation of chiral 2′-oxetanyl nucleoside phosphoramidates
To a solution of the oxetanyl nucleoside 70 (360 mg, 1.11 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) was added 1.7 M t-butylmagnesium chloride in THF (1.31 mmol) dropwise under ice-water bath. The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and the chiral pentafluorophenyl phosphoramidate reagent (R=neopentyl (neoPen), 1.67 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added over 10 min by which time, the mixture became a clear solution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h and diluted with EtOAc, (200 mL). The solution was washed with NH4Cl solution (30 mL x 3), and dried with sodium sulfate. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0 to 3% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give the oxetanyl nucleoside phosphoramidate (79%, R=neopentyl) as a white solid.
















 











Com-
P-





pound
Chirality





No.
(RP/SP)
Ar
R
Analytical data





118
SP
Ph
iPra
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.69 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.16






(s, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 4.96 (m, 1H),






4.73 (dd, 1H, J = 8.8, 10.4 Hz), 4.61-






4.53 (m, 3H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s,






3H), 3.98-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.70 (dd, 1H,






J = 9.2, 11.2 Hz), 3.24 (d, 1H, J =






10.0 Hz), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m, 1H),






1.30 (d, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.18 (2d,






6H, J = 6.4 Hz). 31P NMR (162






MHz) δ (ppm) 4.16. LC-MS (ESI):






593 [M + H]+.


119
RP
Ph
iPra
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.62 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.20






(s, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 4.97 (m, 1H),






4.6-4.53 (m, 4H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.07






(s, 3H), 3.99-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.85 (t,






1H, J = 11.2 Hz), 3.61 (bs, 1H), 2.62






(m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.98 (bs, 1H),






1.29 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.20 (t, 3H,






J = 6.4 Hz). 31P NMR (162 MHz) δ






(ppm) 4.74. LC-MS (ESI): 593






(M + H)+


120
SP
Ph
neoPenb
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.69 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.16






(s, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.72 (t, 1H, J =






10.0 Hz), 4.60-4.52 (m, 3H), 4.34 (m,






1H), 4.07-4.01 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m,






1H), 3.82 (d, 1H, J = 10.4 Hz), 3.70






(m, 1H), 3.15 (d, 1H, J = 10.0 Hz),






2.68 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m, 1H), 1.35 (d,






3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.89 (s, 9H). 31P






NMR (162 MHz) δ (ppm) 4.11. LC-






MS (ESI): 621 [M + H]+.


121
RP
Ph
neoPenb
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.62 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.13 (m, 5H), 6.19






(s, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.66-4.52 (m,






4H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.03 (m, 4H),






3.93 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.72 (m, 3H), 3.42






(bs, 1H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H),






1.34 (d, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.91 (s, 9H).






31P NMR (162 MHz) δ (ppm) 4.76.






LC-MS (ESI): 621 [M + H]+.


122
SP
Ph
ethyl
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.70 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.17






(s, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2m), 4.72 (t, 1H, J =






9.2 Hz), 4.59-4.54 (m, 3H), 4.35 (m,






1H), 4.15-4.09 (m, 5H), 4.00-3.91 (m,






2H), 3.77 (dd, 1H, J = 9.6, 11.2 Hz),






3.36 (d, 1H, J = 10.4 Hz), 2.67 (m,






1H), 2.18 (m, 1 h), 1.31 (d, 3H , J =






7.2 Hz), 1.20 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz). 31P






NMR (162 MHz) δ (ppm) 4.08. LC-






MS (ESI): 579 [M + H]+.


123
SP/RP
Np
neoPenb
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






8.10 (m, 1H), 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.63






(m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 7.36 (m, 1H),






6.15 (ds, 1H), 5.08 and 5.04 (s, 2H),






4.84-4.60 (m, 2H), 4.54 (t, 2H, J =






7.6 Hz), 4.40 (m, 1H), 4.11 (m, 1H),






4.04 (s, 3H), 3.93 (m, 2H), 3.79 (dd,






1H, J = 1.6, 10.8 Hz), 3.64 (dd, 1H, J =






6.4, 10.0 Hz), 3.37 (broad ds, 1H),






2.66 (m, 1H), 2.16 (m, 1H), 1.31 and






1.28 (s, 3H), 0.86 (s, 9H). 31P NMR






(162 MHz) δ (ppm) 5.041, 4.47. LC-






MS (ESI): 671 [M + H]+.


124
SP
Ph
iBuc
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.71 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.18






(s, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.7 (t, 1H, J =






8.8 Hz), 4.60-4.53 (m, 3H), 4.35 (m,






1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 4.05-3.85 (m, 4H),






3.78 (dd, 1H, J = 6.8, 10.4 Hz), 3.53






(d, 1H, J = 9.6 Hz), 2.66 (m, 1H),






2.17 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.33 (d,






3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.88 and 0.86 (d, 6H,






J = 1.6 Hz). 31P NMR (162 MHz) δ






(ppm) 4.15. LC-MS (ESI): 607






[M + H]+.


125
RP
Ph
iBuc
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.61 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.13 (m, 5H), 6.19






(s, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.68-4.52 (m,






4H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 4.09-3.98 (m, 4H),






3.93-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.74 (t, 1H, J =






9.2 Hz), 3.34 (d, 1H, J = 9.6 Hz),






2.62 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m,






1H), 1.32 (d, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.89 (d,






6H, J = 6.4 Hz). 31P NMR (162






MHz) δ (ppm) 4.74. LC-MS (ESI):






607 [M + H]+.


126
SP
Ph
nBud
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.70 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.17






(s, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 4.71 (t, 1H, J =






6.8 Hz), 4.59-4.52 (m, 3H), 4.35 (m,






1H), 4.11-3.91 (m, 7H), 3.81 (dd, 1H,






J = 9.6, 11.6 Hz), 3.41 (d, 1H, J =






10.0 Hz), 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m, 1H),






1.54 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.27 (m, 5H), 0.87






(t, 3H, J = 7.6 Hz). 31P NMR (162






MHz) δ (ppm) 4.12. LC-MS (ESI):






607 [M + H]+.


127
RP
Ph
nBud
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.62 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.13 (m, 5H), 6.20






(s, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.65-4.52 (m,






4H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 4.12-3.88 (m, 6H),






3.93 (m, 1H), 3.79 (t, 1H, J = 11.2






Hz), 3.43 (bs, 1H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.15






(m, 1H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.29 (m,






5H), 0.96 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz). 31P






NMR (162 MHz) δ (ppm) 4.70. LC-






MS (ESI): 607 [M + H]+.


128
SP
Ph
cPene
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.69 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.13 (m, 5H), 6.16






(s, 1H), 5.12 (m, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H),






4.73 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.53 (m, 3H), 4.34






(m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.98-3.90 (m,






2H), 3.66 (dd, 1H, J = 9.6, 11.2 Hz),






3.17 (d, 1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m,






1H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.52 (m, 6H),






1.29 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz). 31P NMR






(162 MHz) δ (ppm) 4.18. LC-MS






(ESI): 619 [M + H]+.


129
RP
Ph
cPene
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.62 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.13 (m, 5H), 6.20






(s, 1H), 5.16-5.13 (m, 3H), 4.64-4.54






(m, 4H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H),






3.99-3.91 (m, 2H), 3.83 (dd, 1H, J =






9.6, 11.6 Hz), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m,






1H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.55 (m, 6H),






1.28 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz). 31P NMR






(162 MHz) δ (ppm) 4.76. LC-MS






(ESI): 619 [M + H]+.


130
SP
Ph
Bnf
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.73 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.11 (m, 10H), 6.17






(s, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H),






4.75 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 3H), 4.40 (m,






1H), 4.09-4.01 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 1H),






3.74 (t, 1H, J = 2.6 Hz), 3.36 (bs,






1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.19 (m, 1H), 1.28






(d, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz). 31P NMR (162






MHz) δ (ppm) 4.27. LC-MS (ESI):






641 [M + H]+.


131
RP
Ph
Bnf
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm)






7.60 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.12 (m, 10H), 6.17






(s, 1H), 5.10 (d, 2H, J = 1.2 Hz), 5.05






(s, 2H), 4.66 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.51 (m,






3H), 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 4H),






3.89 (m, 1H), 3.74 (t, 1H J = 11.2






Hz), 3.31 (d, 1H, J = 7.6 Hz), 2.63






(m, 1H), 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.31 (d, 3H, J =






7.2 Hz). 31P NMR (162 MHz) δ






(ppm) 4.64. LC-MS (ESI): 641






[M + H]+.





Notes:


aiso-propyl.


bneo-pentyl.


ciso-butyl.


dn-butyl.


ecyclopentyl.


fbenzyl.






VIII. Synthesis of Cyclophosphate Prodrugs
Example 30
Preparation of Compound 132




To a pre-cooled CH2Cl2 (2 mL) at −78° C. was added POCl3 (0.07 mL, 0.74 mmol) and neopentyl alcohol (0.74 mmol)) to give a solution to which, Et3N (0.12 mL, 0.87 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h and the oxetanyl nucleoside 76 (70 mg, 0.22 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and then Et3N (0.24 mL, 1.74 mmol) were added in one portion each. Then NMI (0.17 mL, 2.17 mmol) was added over 3 min. The resulting mixture was stirred for 6 h during which the temperature rose to room temperature. The mixture was cooled to −78° C., treated with concentrated HCl to pH 4, diluted with CH2Cl2 (10 mL). The organic solution was washed with dilute HCl solution, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0 to 3% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give the oxetanyl nucleoside cyclophosphate 132 as a diastereomeric mixture (6.5 mg, 5.5%) as a syrup.
By the same fashion, the isopropyl cyclophosphate (133) was obtained as a diastereomeric mixture as a syrup (6.7 mg, from 100 mg of the oxetanyl nucleoside 76, 5%).
Cyclopentyl cyclophosphate 134 was also obtained as a diastereomeric mixture as a syrup (30 mg from 150 mg of the oxetanyl nucleoside, 14%).
















 










Com-





pound
P-chirality




No.
(RP/SP)
R
Analytical data





132
1:1 mixture
neopentyl
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ





(ppm) 7..71 (s, 1H), 6.21 and





6.20 (m, 1H), 5.11 and 5.09 (s,





2H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 4.63-4.48 (m,





3H), 4.29 (m, 1H), 4.07 and 4.06





(s, 3H), 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m,





2H), 2,69 (m, 1H), 2.19 (m, 1H),





0.93 and 0.91 (s, 9H). 31P NMR





(162 MHz) δ (ppm) 1.71, 1.62.





LC-MS (ESI): 488 [M + H]+.


133
3.7:1 mixture
isopropyl
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ





(ppm) 7.63 and 7.62 (s, 1H),





6.06 and 6.02 (d, 1H, J = 0.8





Hz), 5.65 and 5.34 (2s, 1H, J =





10.4, 9.6 Hz), 5.00-4.79 (m, 3H),





4.67-4.32 (m, 4H), 4.13-4.04 (m,





4H), 2.81-2.65 (m, 1H), 2.41-





2.31 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.42 (m, 6H).





31P NMR (162 MHz) δ (ppm)





−2.58, −5.77. LC-MS (ESI): 428





[M + H]+.


134
4.7:1 mixture
cyclopentyl
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ





(ppm) 7.64 (s, 1H), 6.07 and





6.03 (s, 1H), 5.66 and 5.24 (d,





1H, J = 9.6 Hz), 5.51-5.07 (m,





1H), 5.06 and 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.68-





4.42 (m, 4H), 4.15-4.07 (m, 4H),





2.82-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.32 (m,





1H), 2.06-1.78 (m, 8H). 31P





NMR (162 MHz) δ (ppm) −2.59,





−5.74. LC-MS (ESI): 454





[M + H]+.









IX. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Analogs
Additional procedures (both non-stereo- and stereoselective) for preparing phosphoramidates are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/783,680 (US 2010/0298257), filed May 20, 2010 and Ser. No. 13/076,552 (US 2011/0251152), filed on Mar. 31, 2011.
In addition of phosphoramidate analogs, cyclic phosphates are also contemplated. To that end, procedures for preparing cyclic phosphates are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/479,075 (US 2010/0081628), filed on Jun. 5, 2009.
Procedures for preparing certain phosphorus-containing compounds are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,570.
Procedures for preparing a 1,3,2-dioxaphosphinane-2-oxide are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,752,981 and US 2009/0209481.
Procedures for preparing a 4H-benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphin-2-oxide are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,312,662.
Procedures for preparing certain 3′,5′-diacyl derivatives are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,754,699, see also U.S. Pat. No. 5,246,937 for examples of diacyl derivatives.
Procedures for preparing aminoacyl derivatives are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,957,924 and 6,083,953.
Procedures for preparing a derivative comprised of —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)(alkyl))2 are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,663,159.
Procedures for preparing a derivative comprised of —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3OC(O)O(alkyl))2 are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,922,695; 5,977,089; and 6,043,230.
Procedures for preparing a derivative comprised of —P(O)(O(CH2)1-3SC(O)alkyl)2 are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,770,725; 5,849,905; 6,020,482; and 7,105,499.
X. Preparation of 2′-Spiro-Nucleotides
















 








 












Starting Material




B
Product






32




Uracil
135


 



48




Uracil
136


 



49




Cytosine
137


 



50




Cytosine
138


 



51




Cytosine
139


 



52




Cytosine
140









The unprotected nucleoside (0.10 mmol) was dissolved in DTP and cooled to 0-5° C. while maintaining an inert atmosphere. To the stirred solution was added freshly distilled phosphorus oxychloride (0.30 mmol). After 1 h at 0-5° C., tributylamine (0.30 mmol) and freshly dried tributylammonium pyrophosphate (0.25 mmol) were added. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature for 1 h and then quenched by the addition 1.0 M aqueous triethylamine bicarbonate buffer (1 mL). The reaction solution was directly applied in portions to an ion-exchange HPLC semi-preparative column (Dionex DNA-PAC) and eluted with a gradient of 0.5 M aqueous triethylammonium bicarbonate in water. The product containing fractions were combined and concentrated to dryness. The residue was then dissolved in about 5 mL water and then subjected to lyophilization to yield ca 0.01-0.02 mmol of nucleoside triphosphate as its monotriethylamine salt.
XI. Biological Evaluation of Selected Analogs
HCV replicon assay. HCV replicon assays using Clone A cells and ET-lunet cells were performed as described previously. L. J. Stuyver et al. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 2004, 48, 651-654. Briefly, Clone A cells and ET-lunet cells were seeded at a density of 1500 and 3000 cells per well in a 96-well plate, respectively. Test compounds serially diluted in culture medium without G418 were added to cells. Plates were incubated at 37° C. in a 5% CO2 atmosphere for 4 days. Inhibition of HCV RNA replication was determined by quantitative real time PCR. See, e.g., L. J. Stuyver et al. Antiviral Chem. Chemother. 2006, 17, 79-87.
To express the antiviral effectiveness of a compound, the threshold RT-PCR cycle of the test compound was subtracted from the average threshold RT-PCR cycle of the no-drug control (ΔCtHCV). A ΔCt of 3.3 equals a 1-log 10 reduction (equal to the 90% effective concentration [EC90]) in replicon RNA levels. The cytotoxicity of the test compound could also be expressed by calculating the ΔCtrRNA values. The ΔΔCt specificity parameter could then be introduced (ΔCtHCV-ΔCtrRNA), in which the levels of HCV RNA are normalized for the rRNA levels and calibrated against the no-drug control.
Cell cytotoxicity assays. Each compound (serially diluted from 100 μM) was added to Huh7 (2×103 cells/well), HepG2 (2×103 cells/well), BxPC3 (2×103 cells/well), or CEM (5×103 cells/well) cells and allowed to incubate for 8 days at 37° C. A medium only control was used to determine the minimum absorbance value and an untreated cell. At the end of the growth period, MTS dye from the CellTiter 96 Aqueous One Solution Cell Proliferation Assay kit (Promega) was added to each well and the plate was incubated for an additional 2 hours. The absorbance at 490 nm was read with a Victor3 plate reader (Perkin Elmer) using the medium only control wells as blanks. The 50% inhibition value (CC50) was determined by comparing the absorbance in wells containing cells and test compound to untreated cell control wells.
The HCV NS5B reaction was performed in a 20 μL mixture containing varying concentrations of the test compound, 1 μM of all four natural ribonucleotides, [α-32P]UTP, 20 ng/μL of genotype 1b (−) IRES RNA template, 1 unit/μL of SUPERase•In (Ambion, Austin, Tex.), 40 ng/μL of wild type or S282T NS5B Genotype 1b, 1 mM MgCl2, 0.75 mM MnCl2, and 2 mM DTT in 50 mM Hepes buffer (pH 7.5). The reaction was quenched by adding 80 μL of stop solution (12.5 mM EDTA, 2.25 M NaCl, and 225 mM sodium citrate) after incubating at 27° C. for 30 minutes. The radioactive RNA products were separated from unreacted substrates by passing the quenched reaction mixture through a Hybond N+ membrane (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, N.J.) using a dot-blot apparatus. The RNA products were retained on the membrane and the free nucleotides were washed out. The membrane was washed 4 times with a solution containing 0.6 M NaCl and 60 mM sodium citrate. After rinsing the membrane with water followed by ethanol, the membrane was exposed to a phosphorscreen and the products were visualized and quantified using a phosphorimager. The IC50 values were calculated using GraFit program version 5 (Erithacus Software, Horley, Surrey, UK). All the reactions were done in duplicate and the results were reported as IC50±standard error.
The biological activities of selected compounds are presented in Tables 1-5.







TABLE 1







Anti-HCV activity of selected nucleosides











EC50


Ex.
Compound
(μM)












32




>100


 


50




>100


 


36




>100


 


51




>100


 


44




>100


 


49




>100


 


48




>100


 


52




>54.49


 


62




>20


 


72




>20


 


76




>100


 


77




>20


 


66




>20
















TABLE 2







Anti-HCV 1b activity of selected nucleoside phosphoramidates.











Ex.
Compound
EC50
EC90
CC50














114




20.61
41.69
>100


 


115




28.5
71.09
>100


 


116




28.33
81.75
>100


 


117




16.71
49.20
>100


 


113




1.55
7.66
>100
















TABLE 3







Anti-HCV 1b activity of selected nucleoside phosphoramidates.















EC50
EC90
CC50


Ex.
Compound
P*a
(μM)
(μM)
(μM)















118




SP
1.49
3.44
>20


 


119




RP
4.52
>20
>20


 


120




SP
0.39
0.676
>20


 


121




RP
9.31
18.5
>20


 


122




SP
0.857
3.0
>20


 


123




SP/RPb
0.31
0.853
>20


 


124




SP
0.566
1.81
>20


 


125




RP
4.42
8.45
>20


 


126




SP
0.274
0.7
>20


 


127




RP
3.1
6.45
>20


 


128




SP
0.45
1.09
>20


 


129




RP
0.67
1.97
>20


 


130




SP
8.65
15.1
>20


 


131




RP
11.7
>20
>20





aChirality at Phosphorus (P*).


bSp/Rp = mixture of diastereomers.













TABLE 4







Anti-HCV 1b activity of selected nucleoside cyclic phosphates














P-







chirality
EC50
EC90
CC50


Example
Structure
(RP/SP)
(μM)
(μM)
(μM)















132 (1:1)




(1:1)
>20
>20
>20


 


133 (3.7:1)




(3.7:1)
>20
>20
>20


 


134 (4.7:1)




(4.7:1)
14.0
>20
>20
















TABLE 5







Anti-HCV activity of selected nucleoside triphosphates against HCV


polymerase wild-type and S282T mutant












Wild-type
S282T mutant


Ex
Compound
IC50 (μM)
IC50 (μM)













135




>100



 


136




39.4
>100


 


137




>45.3
>100


 


138




>100



 


139




>100



 


140




>8.48
56.7









Dengue CPE Assay. To measure cytopathic effect of Dengue virus 2, BHK-21 (Syrian Hamster Kidney, CCL-10 ATCC Manassas, Va.) cells were seeded at a density of 20,000 cells/well in a 96-well black/clear bottom plates (Becton Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, N.J.) one day prior to start of the assay and allowed to attach overnight in EMEM (ATCC Manassas, Va.) +10% FBS (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere. The next day, the medium was removed and the cells were infected with Dengue 2 strain New Guinea C (VR-1584, ATCC Manassas, Va.) at an MOI of 0.08 pfu/cell for two hours in 50 μL EMEM+2% FBS. For both the single point and dose response assays, compounds (2× concentration) were diluted in EMEM+2% FBS and 50 μL was added to infected cells without removing virus. Cells were incubated for 3 days at 37° C. in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere. The medium was aspirated and 50 μL of CellTiter-Glo (Promega, Madison, Wis.) was added to each well and read for 0.1 seconds on a Perkin Elmer Victor3 (Waltham, Mass.) plate reader. Percent survival was determined by subtracting the average value of infected control wells and normalizing to the non-infected wells. The effective concentration was calculated from the dose response data by forecasting 50% cells surviving with drug treatment.







TABLE 6







Activity of selected nucleoside phosphoramidates against dengue virus.














EC50
CC50


Ex.
Compound
P*a
(μM)
(μM)





113




RP/SPb
6.23
>20


 


118




SP
5.06
>20


 


119




RP
8.64
>20


 


120




SP
1.88
>20


 


121




RP
2.26
>20


 


122




SP
5.84
>20


 


123




SP/RPb
1.74
>20


 


124




SP
2.21
>20


 


125




RP
1.98
>20


 


126




SP
2.36
>20


 


127




RP
1.61
>20


 


128




SP
2.79
>20


 


129




RP
2.36
>20


 


130




SP
3.84
>20


 


131




RP
1.49
>20





aChirality at Phosphorus (P*).


bSP/RP = mixture of diastereomers.






Although a full and complete description is believed to be contained herein, certain patent and non-patent references may include certain essential subject matter. To the extent that these patent and non-patent references describe essential subject matter, these references are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. It is understood that the meanings of the incorporated subject matter are subservient to the meanings of the subject matter disclosed herein. The subject matter of U.S. 61/417,946, filed on Nov. 30, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. The subject matter of U.S. Ser. Nos. 13/076,552 and 13/076,842, both filed on Mar. 31, 2011, is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
The foregoing description of the present invention provides illustration and description, but is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise one disclosed. Modifications and variations are possible in light of the above teachings or may be acquired from practice of the invention. Thus, it is noted that the scope of the invention is defined by the claims and their equivalents.

## Claims

1. A method of treating a hepatitis C virus infection in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound:




or a stereoisomer, salt, metabolite or deuteride thereof.

2. The method of claim 1, wherein the hepatitis C virus is of genotype 1b.

3. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is administered by suppository administration.

4. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is administered orally.

5. The method of claim 4, wherein the compound is administered in the form of a tablet, capsule, solution, emulsion, syrup or a suspension.

6. The method of claim 4, wherein the compound is administered at a daily dosage of from about 0.01 gm to about 1 gm.

7. The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises administering an effective amount of another antiviral agent.

8. The method of claim 7, wherein the another antiviral agent is a NS3 protease inhibitor, NS4 inhibitor, NS5A inhibitor or NS5B inhibitor.

9. The method of claim 8, wherein the another antiviral agent is a NS3 protease inhibitor.

10. The method of claim 7, wherein the compound and the another antiviral agent are formulated in same dosage form or separate dosage forms.

11. The method of claim 7, wherein the administering of the compound and the another antiviral agent is concurrent or alternative.

12. A method of treating a hepatitis C virus infection in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound:




or a stereoisomer, salt, metabolite or deuteride thereof.

13. The method of claim 12, wherein the hepatitis C virus is of genotype 1b.

14. The method of claim 12, wherein the compound is administered by suppository administration.

15. The method of claim 12, wherein the compound is administered orally.

16. The method of claim 15, wherein the compound is administered in the form of a tablet, capsule, solution, emulsion, syrup or a suspension.

17. The method of claim 15, wherein the compound is administered at a daily dosage of from about 0.01 gm to about 1 gm.

18. The method of claim 12, wherein the method further comprises administering an effective amount of another antiviral agent.

19. The method of claim 18, wherein the another antiviral agent is a NS3 protease inhibitor, NS4 inhibitor, NS5A inhibitor or NS5B inhibitor.

20. The method of claim 19, wherein the another antiviral agent is a NS3 protease inhibitor.

21. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound and the another antiviral agent are formulated in same dosage form or separate dosage forms.

22. The method of claim 18, wherein the administering of the compound and the another antiviral agent is concurrent or alternative.

23. A method of treating a dengue virus infection in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound:




or a stereoisomer, salt, metabolite or deuteride thereof.

24. The method of claim 23, wherein the compound is administered by suppository administration.

25. The method of claim 23, wherein the compound is administered orally.

26. The method of claim 25, wherein the compound is administered in the form of a tablet, capsule, solution, emulsion, syrup or a suspension.

27. The method of claim 25, wherein the compound is administered at a daily dosage of from about 0.01 gm to about 1 gm.

28. The method of claim 23, wherein the method further comprises administering an effective amount of another antiviral agent.

29. The method of claim 28, wherein the compound and the another antiviral agent are formulated in same dosage form or separate dosage forms.

30. The method of claim 28, wherein the administering of the compound and the another antiviral agent is concurrent or alternative.

31. A method of treating a dengue virus infection in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound:




or a stereoisomer, salt, metabolite or deuteride thereof.

32. The method of claim 31, wherein the compound is administered by suppository administration.

33. The method of claim 31, wherein the compound is administered orally.

34. The method of claim 33, wherein the compound is administered in the form of a tablet, capsule, solution, emulsion, syrup or a suspension.

35. The method of claim 33, wherein the compound is administered at a daily dosage of from about 0.01 gm to about 1 gm.

36. The method of claim 31, wherein the method further comprises administering an effective amount of another antiviral agent.

37. The method of claim 36, wherein the compound and the another antiviral agent are formulated in same dosage form or separate dosage forms.

38. The method of claim 36, wherein the administering of the compound and the another antiviral agent is concurrent or alternative.

39. A compound of formula:




or a stereoisomer, salt, metabolite or deuteride thereof.

40. A compound of formula:




or a stereoisomer, salt, metabolite or deuteride thereof.